summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/16540.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '16540.txt')
-rw-r--r--16540.txt7197
1 files changed, 7197 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/16540.txt b/16540.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..460c1e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16540.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7197 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Melchior's Dream and Other Tales
+by Juliana Horatia Ewing
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Melchior's Dream and Other Tales
+
+Author: Juliana Horatia Ewing
+
+Release Date: August 17, 2005 [EBook #16540]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MELCHIOR'S DREAM AND OTHER TALES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Sankar Viswanathan and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ MELCHIOR'S DREAM
+
+ AND OTHER TALES,
+
+
+
+
+ BY
+
+ JULIANA HORATIA EWING.
+
+
+
+
+
+ LONDON:
+ SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE,
+ NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, W.C.
+ NEW YORK: E. & J.B. YOUNG & CO.
+
+
+
+ [Published under the direction of the General Literature
+ Committee.]
+
+
+
+
+Dedicated
+
+TO
+
+FOUR BROTHERS AND FOUR SISTERS.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+ MELCHIOR'S DREAM
+
+ THE BLACKBIRD'S NEST
+
+ FRIEDRICH'S BALLAD
+
+ A BIT OF GREEN
+
+ MONSIEUR THE VISCOUNT'S FRIEND
+
+ THE YEW-LANE GHOSTS
+
+ A BAD HABIT
+
+ A HAPPY FAMILY
+
+
+
+
+EDITOR'S PREFACE.
+
+
+It is always a memorable era in a mother's life when she first
+introduces a daughter into society. Many things contribute to make it
+so; among which is the fact of the personal blessing to herself, in
+having been permitted to see the day--to have been spared, that is, to
+watch over her child in infancy, and now to see her entering life upon
+her own account.
+
+But a more uncommon privilege is the one granted to me on the present
+occasion, of introducing a daughter into the literary world; and the
+feelings of pride and pleasure it calls forth, are certainly not less
+powerful than those created by the commoner occurrence. It is my
+comfort also to add that these are not overclouded by any painful
+anxiety or misgiving. There may be differences of opinion as to the
+precise amount of literary merit in these tales; but viewed as the
+first productions of a young author, they are surely full of promise;
+while their whole tone and aim is so unmistakably high, that even
+those who criticize the style will be apt to respect the writer.
+
+I ought here to express a hope that it will not be thought
+presumptuous on my part, to undertake the office of introduction. I
+beg it to be understood that I address myself especially to those
+readers who have (I speak it with deep gratitude and pleasure)
+listened kindly and favourably to me for several years past, and who
+will, I trust, be no less well disposed towards my daughter's
+writings.
+
+To them also it may be interesting to know, that in the "J.H.G." of
+"Melchior's Dream," etc., they will find the original of my own
+portrait of "Aunt Judy."
+
+But I have still something more to say: another little bit of
+gratification to express. What one sister has written, another has
+illustrated by her pencil; a cause of double thankfulness in my heart
+to Him from whom all good gifts come.
+
+MARGARET GATTY.
+
+
+NOTE.--_The foregoing Preface was written for the first
+edition of "Melchior's Dream, and other Tales." This was published in
+1862 under Mrs. Ewing's maiden initials, "J.H.G." It contained the
+first five stories in the present volume, and these were illustrated
+by the writer's eldest sister, "M.S.G."_
+
+
+
+
+MELCHIOR'S DREAM.
+
+AN ALLEGORY.
+
+"Thou that hast given so much to me, Give one thing more--a
+grateful heart."
+
+GEORGE HERBERT.
+
+"Well, father, I don't believe the Browns are a bit better off than we
+are; and yet when I spent the day with young Brown, we cooked all
+sorts of messes in the afternoon; and he wasted twice as much rum and
+brandy and lemons in his trash, as I should want to make good punch
+of. He was quite surprised, too, when I told him that our mince-pies
+were kept shut up in the larder, and only brought out at meal-times,
+and then just one apiece; he said they had mince-pies always going,
+and he got one whenever he liked. Old Brown never blows up about that
+sort of thing; he likes Adolphus to enjoy himself in the holidays,
+particularly at Christmas."
+
+The speaker was a boy--if I may be allowed to use the word in speaking
+of an individual whose jackets had for some time past been resigned
+to a younger member of his family, and who daily, in the privacy of
+his own apartment, examined his soft cheeks by the aid of his sisters'
+"back-hair glass." He was a handsome boy too; tall, and like
+David--"ruddy, and of a fair countenance;" and his face, though
+clouded then, bore the expression of general amiability. He was the
+eldest son in a large young family, and was being educated at one of
+the best public schools. He did not, it must be confessed, think
+either small beer or small beans of himself; and as to the beer and
+beans that his family thought of him, I think it was pale ale and
+kidney-beans at least.
+
+Young Hopeful had, however, his weak points like the rest of us; and
+perhaps one of the weakest was the difficulty he found in amusing
+himself without _bothering_ other people. He had quite a monomania for
+proposing the most troublesome "larks" at the most inconvenient
+moments; and if his plans were thwarted, an AEolian harp is cheerful
+compared to the tone in which, arguing and lamenting, he
+
+"Fought his battles o'er again,"
+
+to the distraction of every occupied member of the household.
+
+When the lords of the creation of all ages can find nothing else to
+do, they generally take to eating and drinking; and so it came to pass
+that our hero had set his mind upon brewing a jorum of punch, and
+sipping it with an accompaniment of mince-pies; and Paterfamilias had
+not been quietly settled to his writing for half-an-hour, when he was
+disturbed by an application for the necessary ingredients. These he
+had refused, quietly explaining that he could not afford to waste his
+French brandy, etc., in school-boy cookery, and ending with, "You see
+the reason, my dear boy?"
+
+To which the dear boy replied as above, and concluded with the
+disrespectful (not to say ungrateful) hint, "Old Brown never blows up
+about that sort of thing; he likes Adolphus to enjoy himself in the
+holidays."
+
+Whereupon Paterfamilias made answer, in the mildly deprecating tone in
+which the elder sometimes do answer the younger in these topsy-turvy
+days:--
+
+"That's quite a different case. Don't you see, my boy, that Adolphus
+Brown is an only son, and you have nine brothers and sisters? If you
+have punch and mince-meat to play with, there is no reason why Tom
+should not have it, and James, and Edward, and William, and Benjamin,
+and Jack. And then there are your sisters. Twice the amount of the
+Browns' mince-meat would not serve you. I like you to enjoy yourself
+in the holidays as much as young Brown or anybody; but you must
+remember that I send you boys to good schools, and give you all the
+substantial comforts and advantages in my power; and the Christmas
+bills are very heavy, and I have a great many calls on my purse; and
+you must be reasonable. Don't you see?"
+
+"Well, father--" began the boy; but his father interrupted him. He
+knew the unvarying beginning of a long grumble, and dreading the
+argument, cut it short.
+
+"I have decided. You must amuse yourself some other way. And just
+remember that young Brown's is quite another case. He is an only son."
+
+Whereupon Paterfamilias went off to his study and his sermon; and his
+son, like the Princess in Andersen's story of the Swineherd, was left
+outside to sing,
+
+ "O dearest Augustine,
+ All's clean gone away!"
+
+Not that he did say that--that was the princess' song--what he said
+was,
+
+ "_I wish I were an only son!_"
+
+This was rather a vain wish, for round the dining-room fire (where he
+soon joined them) were gathered his nine brothers and sisters, who, to
+say the truth, were not looking much more lively and cheerful than
+he. And yet (of all days in the year on which to be doleful and
+dissatisfied!) this was Christmas Eve.
+
+Now I know that the idea of dulness or discomfort at Christmas is a
+very improper one, particularly in a story. We all know how every
+little boy in a story-book spends the Christmas holidays.
+
+First, there is the large hamper of good things sent by grandpapa,
+which is as inexhaustible as Fortunatus's purse, and contains
+everything, from a Norfolk turkey to grapes from the grandpaternal
+vinery.
+
+There is the friend who gives a guinea to each member of the family,
+and sees who will spend it best.
+
+There are the godpapas and godmammas, who might almost be fairy
+sponsors from the number of expensive gifts that they bring upon the
+scene. The uncles and aunts are also liberal.
+
+One night is devoted to a magic-lantern (which has a perfect focus),
+another to the pantomime, a third to a celebrated conjuror, a fourth
+to a Christmas tree and juvenile ball.
+
+The happy youth makes himself sufficiently ill with plum-pudding, to
+testify to the reader how good it was, and how much there was of it;
+but recovers in time to fall a victim to the negus and trifle at
+supper for the same reason. He is neither fatigued with late hours
+nor surfeited with sweets; or if he is, we do not hear of it.
+
+But as this is a strictly candid history, I will at once confess the
+truth, on behalf of my hero and his brothers and sisters. They had
+spent the morning in decorating the old church, in pricking holly
+about the house, and in making a mistletoe bush. Then in the afternoon
+they had tasted the Christmas soup and seen it given out; they had put
+a finishing touch to the snow man by crowning him with holly, and had
+dragged the yule-logs home from the carpenter's. And now, the early
+tea being over, Paterfamilias had gone to finish his sermon for
+to-morrow; his friend was shut up in his room; and Materfamilias was
+in hers, with one of those painful headaches which even Christmas will
+not always keep away. So the ten children were left to amuse
+themselves, and they found it rather a difficult matter.
+
+"Here's a nice Christmas!" said our hero. He had turned his youngest
+brother out of the arm-chair, and was now lying in it with his legs
+over the side. "Here's a nice Christmas! A fellow might just as well
+be at school. I wonder what Adolphus Brown would think of being cooped
+up with a lot of children like this! It's his party to-night, and he's
+to have champagne and ices. I wish I were an only son."
+
+"Thank you," said a chorus of voices from the floor. They were all
+sprawling about on the hearth-rug, pushing and struggling like so many
+kittens in a sack, and every now and then with a grumbled
+remonstrance:--
+
+"Don't, Jack! you're treading on me."
+
+"You needn't take all the fire, Tom."
+
+"Keep your legs to yourself, Benjamin."
+
+"It wasn't I," etc., with occasionally the feebler cry of a small
+sister--
+
+"Oh! you boys are so rough."
+
+"And what are you girls, I wonder?" inquired the proprietor of the
+arm-chair with cutting irony. "Whiney piney, whiney piney. I wish
+there were no such things as brothers and sisters!"
+
+"_You wish_ WHAT?" said a voice from the shadow by the door, as deep
+and impressive as that of the ghost in Hamlet.
+
+The ten sprang up; but when the figure came into the fire-light, they
+saw that it was no ghost, but Paterfamilias's old college friend, who
+spent most of his time abroad, and who, having no home or relatives of
+his own, had come to spend Christmas at his friend's vicarage. "You
+wish _what_?" he repeated.
+
+"Well, brothers and sisters are a bore," was the reply. "One or two
+would be all very well; but just look, here are ten of us; and it just
+spoils everything. If a fellow wants to go anywhere, it's somebody
+else's _turn_. If old Brown sends a basket of grapes, it's share and
+share alike; all the ten must taste, and then there's about a grape
+and a half for each. If anybody calls or comes to luncheon, there are
+a whole lot of brats swarming about, looking as if we kept a school.
+Whatever one does, the rest must do; whatever there is, the rest must
+share; whereas, if a fellow was an only son, he would have the
+whole--and by all the rules of arithmetic, one is better than a
+tenth."
+
+"And by the same rules ten is better than one," said the friend.
+
+"Sold again," sang out Master Jack from the floor, and went head over
+heels against the fender.
+
+His brother boxed his ears with great promptitude, and went on, "Well,
+I don't care; confess, sir, isn't it rather a nuisance?"
+
+Paterfamilias's friend looked very grave, and said, quietly, "I don't
+think I am able to judge. I never had brother or sister but one, and
+he was drowned at sea. Whatever I have had, I have had the whole of,
+and would have given it away willingly for some one to give it to. If
+any one sent me grapes, I ate them alone. If I made anything, there
+was no one to show it to. If I wanted to act, I must act all the
+characters, and be my own audience. I remember that I got a lot of
+sticks at last, and cut heads and faces to all of them, and carved
+names on their sides, and called them my brothers and sisters. If you
+want to know what I thought a nice number for a fellow to have, I can
+only say that I remember carving twenty-five. I used to stick them in
+the ground and talk to them. I have been only, and lonely, and alone,
+all my life, and have never felt the nuisance you speak of."
+
+This was a funny account; but the speaker looked so far from funny
+that one of the sisters, who was very tender-hearted, crept up to him,
+and said, gently--
+
+"Richard is only joking; he doesn't really want to get rid of us. The
+other day the curate said he wished he had a sister, and Richard
+offered to sell us all for ninepence; but he is only in fun. Only it
+is rather slow just now, and the boys get rather cross; at least, we
+all of us do."
+
+"It's a dreadful state of things," said the friend, smiling through
+his black beard and moustachios. "What is to be done?"
+
+"I know what would be very nice," insinuated the young lady.
+
+"What?"
+
+"If you wouldn't mind telling us a very short story till supper-time.
+The boys like stories."
+
+"That's a good idea," said Benjamin. "As if the girls didn't!"
+
+But the friend proclaimed order, and seated himself with the girl in
+question on his knee. "Well, what sort of a story is it to be?"
+
+"Any sort," said Richard; "only not too true, if you please. I don't
+like stories like tracts. There was an usher at a school I was at, and
+he used to read tracts about good boys and bad boys to the fellows on
+Sunday afternoon. He always took out the real names, and put in the
+names of the fellows instead. Those who had done well in the week he
+put in as good ones, and those who hadn't as the bad. He didn't like
+me, and I was always put in as a bad boy, and I came to so many
+untimely ends I got sick of it. I was hanged twice, and transported
+once for sheep-stealing; I committed suicide one week, and broke into
+the bank the next; I ruined three families, became a hopeless
+drunkard, and broke the hearts of my twelve distinct parents. I used
+to beg him to let me be reformed next week; but he said he never would
+till I did my Caesar better. So, if you please, we'll have a story that
+can't be true."
+
+"Very well," said the friend, laughing; "but if it isn't true, may I
+put you in? All the best writers, you know, draw their characters from
+their friends now-a-days. May I put you in?"
+
+"Oh, certainly!" said Richard, placing himself in front of the fire,
+putting his feet on the hob, and stroking his curls with an air which
+seemed to imply that whatever he was put into would be highly
+favoured.
+
+The rest struggled, and pushed, and squeezed themselves into more
+modest but equally comfortable quarters; and after a few moments of
+thought, Paterfamilias's friend commenced the story of
+
+
+MELCHIOR'S DREAM.
+
+
+"Melchior is my hero. He was--well, he considered himself a young man,
+so we will consider him so too. He was not perfect; but in these days
+the taste in heroes is for a good deal of imperfection, not to say
+wickedness. He was not an only son. On the contrary, he had a great
+many brothers and sisters, and found them quite as objectionable as my
+friend Richard does."
+
+"I smell a moral," murmured the said Richard.
+
+"Your scent must be keen," said the story-teller, "for it is a long
+way off. Well, he had never felt them so objectionable as on one
+particular night, when, the house being full of company, it was
+decided that the boys should sleep in 'barracks,' as they called it;
+that is, all in one large room."
+
+"Thank goodness, we have not come to that!" said the incorrigible
+Richard; but he was reduced to order by threats of being turned out,
+and contented himself with burning the soles of his boots against the
+bars of the grate in silence: and the friend continued:--
+
+"But this was not the worst. Not only was he, Melchior, to sleep in
+the same room with his brothers, but his bed being the longest and
+largest, his youngest brother was to sleep at the other end of
+it--foot to foot. True, by this means he got another pillow, for, of
+course, that little Hop-o'-my-Thumb could do without one, and so he
+took his; but, in spite of this, he determined that, sooner than
+submit to such an indignity, he would sit up all night. Accordingly,
+when all the rest were fast asleep, Melchior, with his boots off and
+his waistcoat easily unbuttoned, sat over the fire in the long
+lumber-room which served that night as 'barracks'. He had refused to
+eat any supper downstairs to mark his displeasure, and now repaid
+himself by a stolen meal according to his own taste. He had got a
+pork-pie, a little bread and cheese, some large onions to roast, a
+couple of raw apples, an orange, and papers of soda and tartaric acid
+to compound effervescing draughts. When these dainties were finished,
+he proceeded to warm some beer in a pan, with ginger, spice, and
+sugar, and then lay back in his chair and sipped it slowly, gazing
+before him, and thinking over his misfortunes.
+
+"The night wore on, the fire got lower and lower, and still Melchior
+sat, with his eyes fixed on a dirty old print that had hung above the
+mantelpiece for years, sipping his 'brew', which was fast getting
+cold. The print represented an old man in a light costume, with a
+scythe in one hand and an hour-glass in the other; and underneath the
+picture in flourishing capitals was the word TIME.
+
+"'You're a nice old beggar,' said Melchior, dreamily. 'You look like
+an old hay-maker who has come to work in his shirt-sleeves, and
+forgotten the rest of his clothes. Time! time you went to the
+tailor's, I think.'
+
+"This was very irreverent; but Melchior was not in a respectful mood;
+and as for the old man, he was as calm as any philosopher.
+
+"The night wore on, and the fire got lower and lower, and at last went
+out altogether.
+
+"'How stupid of me not to have mended it!' said Melchior; but he had
+not mended it, and so there was nothing for it but to go to bed; and
+to bed he went accordingly.
+
+"'But I won't go to sleep,' he said; 'no, no; I shall keep awake, and
+to-morrow they shall know that I have had a bad night.'
+
+"So he lay in bed with his eyes wide open, and staring still at the
+old print, which he could see from his bed by the light of the candle,
+which he had left alight on the mantelpiece to keep him awake. The
+flame waved up and down, for the room was draughty; and as the lights
+and shadows passed over the old man's face, Melchior almost fancied
+that it nodded to him, so he nodded back again; and as that tired him
+he shut his eyes for a few seconds. When he opened them again, there
+was no longer any doubt--the old man's head was moving; and not only
+his head, but his legs, and his whole body. Finally, he put his feet
+out of the frame, and prepared to step right over the mantelpiece,
+candle, and all.
+
+"'Take care,' Melchior tried to say, 'you'll set fire to your shirt.'
+But he could not utter a sound; and the old man arrived safely on the
+floor, where he seemed to grow larger and larger, till he was fully
+the size of a man, but still with the same scythe and hour-glass, and
+the same airy costume. Then he came across the room, and sat down by
+Melchior's bedside.
+
+"'Who are you?' said Melchior, feeling rather creepy.
+
+"'TIME,' said his visitor in a deep voice, which sounded as
+if it came from a distance.
+
+"'Oh, to be sure, yes! In copper-plate capitals.'
+
+"'What's in copper-plate capitals?' inquired Time.
+
+"'Your name, under the print.'
+
+"'Very likely,' said Time.
+
+"Melchior felt more and more uneasy. 'You must be very cold,' he said.
+'Perhaps you would feel warmer if you went back into the picture.'
+
+"'Not at all,' said Time; 'I have come on purpose to see you.'
+
+"'I have not the pleasure of knowing you,' said Melchior, trying to
+keep his teeth from chattering.
+
+"'There are not many people who have a personal acquaintance with me,'
+said his visitor. 'You have an advantage--I am your godfather.'
+
+"'Indeed,' said Melchior; 'I never heard of it.'
+
+"'Yes,' said his visitor; 'and you will find it a great advantage.'
+
+"'Would you like to put on my coat?' said Melchior, trying to be
+civil.
+
+"'No, thank you,' was the answer. 'You will want it yourself. We must
+be driving soon.'
+
+"'Driving!' said Melchior.
+
+"'Yes,' was the answer; 'all the world is driving; and you must drive;
+and here come your brothers and sisters.'
+
+"Melchior sat up; and there they were, sure enough, all dressed, and
+climbing one after the other on to the bed--_his_ bed!
+
+"There was that little minx of a sister with her curls (he always
+called them carrot shavings), who was so conceited (girls always are!)
+and always trying to attract notice, in spite of Melchior's incessant
+snubbings. There was that clever brother, with his untidy hair and
+bent shoulders, who was just as bad the other way; who always ran out
+of the back door when visitors called, and was for ever moping and
+reading: and this, in spite of Melchior's hiding his books, and
+continually telling him that he was a disgrace to the family, a
+perfect bear, not fit to be seen, etc.--all with the laudable desire
+of his improvement. There was that little Hop-o'-my-Thumb, as lively
+as any of them, a young monkey, the worst of all; who was always in
+mischief, and consorting with the low boys in the village; though
+Melchior did not fail to tell him that he was not fit company for
+gentlemen's sons, that he was certain to be cut when he went to
+school, and that he would probably end his days by being transported,
+if not hanged. There was the second brother, who was Melchior's chief
+companion, and against whom he had no particular quarrel. And there
+was the little pale lame sister, whom he dearly loved; but whom, odd
+to say, he never tried to improve at all; his remedy for her failings
+was generally, 'Let her do as she likes, will you?' There were others
+who were all tiresome in their respective ways; and one after the
+other they climbed up.
+
+"'What are you doing, getting on to my bed!' inquired the indignant
+brother, as soon as he could speak.
+
+"'Don't you know the difference between a bed and a coach, godson?'
+said Time, sharply.
+
+"Melchior was about to retort, but on looking round, he saw that they
+were really in a large sort of coach with very wide windows. 'I
+thought I was in bed,' he muttered. 'What can I have been dreaming
+of?'
+
+"'What, indeed!' said the godfather. 'But, be quick, and sit close,
+for you have all to get in; you are all brothers and sisters.'
+
+"'Must families be together?' inquired Melchior, dolefully.
+
+"'Yes, at first,' was the answer; 'they get separated in time. In
+fact, everyone has to cease driving sooner or later. I drop them on
+the road at different stages, according to my orders,' and he showed a
+bundle of papers in his hands; 'but, as I favour you, I will tell you
+in confidence that I have to drop all your brothers and sisters before
+you. There, you four oldest sit on this side, you five others there,
+and the little one must stand or be nursed.'
+
+"'Ugh!' said Melchior, 'the coach would be well enough if one was
+alone; but what a squeeze with all these brats! I say, go pretty
+quick, will you?'
+
+"'I will,' said Time, 'if you wish it. But, beware that you cannot
+change your mind. If I go quicker for your sake, I shall never go slow
+again; if slower, I shall not again go quick; and I only favour you so
+far, because you are my godson. Here, take the check-string; when you
+want me, pull it, and speak through the tube. Now we're off.'
+
+"Whereupon the old man mounted the box, and took the reins. He had no
+whip; but when he wanted to start, he shook the hour-glass, and off
+they went. Then Melchior saw that the road where they were driving was
+very broad, and so filled with vehicles of all kinds that he could not
+see the hedges. The noise and crowd and dust were very great; and to
+Melchior all seemed delightfully exciting. There was every sort of
+conveyance, from the grandest coach to the humblest donkey-cart; and
+they seemed to have enough to do to escape being run over. Among all
+the gay people there were many whom he knew; and a very nice thing it
+seemed to be to drive among all the grandees, and to show his
+handsome face at the window, and bow and smile to his acquaintance.
+Then it appeared to be the fashion to wrap oneself in a tiger-skin
+rug, and to look at life through an opera-glass, and old Time had
+kindly put one of each into the coach.
+
+"But here again Melchior was much troubled by his brothers and
+sisters. Just at the moment when he was wishing to look most
+fashionable and elegant, one or other of them would pull away the rug,
+or drop the glass, or quarrel, or romp, or do something that spoilt
+the effect. In fact, one and all, they 'just spoilt everything;' and
+the more he scolded, the worse they became. The 'minx' shook her
+curls, and flirted through the window with a handsome but ill-tempered
+looking man on a fine horse, who praised her 'golden locks,' as he
+called them; and, oddly enough, when Melchior said the man was a lout,
+and that the locks in question were corkscrewy carrot shavings, she
+only seemed to like the man and his compliments the more. Meanwhile,
+the untidy brother pored over his book, or if he came to the window,
+it was only to ridicule the fine ladies and gentlemen, so Melchior
+sent him to Coventry. Then Hop-o'-my-Thumb had taken to make signs and
+exchange jokes with some disreputable-looking youths in a dog-cart;
+and when his brother would have put him to 'sit still like a
+gentleman' at the bottom of the coach, he seemed positively to prefer
+his low companions; and the rest were little better.
+
+"Poor Melchior! Surely there never was a clearer case of a young
+gentleman's comfort destroyed, solely by other people's perverse
+determination to be happy in their own way instead of in his. Surely,
+no young gentleman ever knew better that if his brothers and sisters
+would yield to his wishes, they would not quarrel; or ever more
+completely overlooked the fact, that if he had yielded more to theirs
+the same happy result might have been attained. At last he lost
+patience, and pulling the check-string, bade Godfather Time drive as
+fast as he could.
+
+"'For,' said he, 'there will never be any peace while there are so
+many of us in the coach; if a fellow had the rug and glass, and,
+indeed, the coach to himself, he might drive and bow and talk with the
+best of them; but as it is, one might as well go about in a wild-beast
+caravan.'
+
+"Godfather Time frowned, but shook his glass all the same, and away
+they went at a famous pace. All at once they came to a stop.
+
+"'Now for it,' says Melchior; 'here goes one at any rate.'
+
+"Time called out the name of the second brother over his shoulder; and
+the boy stood up, and bade his brothers and sisters good-bye.
+
+"'It is time that I began to push my way in the world,' said he, and
+passed out of the coach, and in among the crowd.
+
+"'You have taken the only quiet boy,' said Melchior to the godfather
+angrily. 'Drive fast now, for pity's sake; and let us get rid of the
+tiresome ones.'
+
+"And fast enough they drove, and dropped first one and then the other;
+but the sisters, and the reading boy, and the youngest still remained.
+
+"'What are you looking at?' said Melchior to the lame sister.
+
+"'At a strange figure in the crowd,' she answered.
+
+"'I see nothing,' said Melchior. But on looking again after a while,
+he did see a figure wrapped in a cloak, gliding in and out among the
+people, unnoticed, if not unseen.
+
+"'Who is it?' Melchior asked of the godfather.
+
+"'A friend of mine,' Time answered. 'His name is Death.'
+
+"Melchior shuddered, more especially as the figure had now come up to
+the coach, and put its hand in through the window, on which, to his
+horror, the lame sister laid hers and smiled. At this moment the
+coach stopped.
+
+"'What are you doing?' shrieked Melchior, 'Drive on! drive on!'
+
+"But even while he sprang up to seize the check-string the door had
+opened, the pale sister's face (a little paler now) had dropped upon
+the shoulder of the figure in the cloak, and he had carried her away;
+and Melchior stormed and raved in vain.
+
+"'To take her, and to leave the rest! Cruel! cruel!'
+
+"In his rage and grief, he hardly knew it when the untidy brother was
+called, and putting his book under his arm, slipped out of the coach
+without looking to the right or left. Presently the coach stopped
+again; and when Melchior looked up the door was open, and at it was
+the fine man on the fine horse, who was lifting the sister on to the
+saddle before him. 'What fool's game are you playing?' said Melchior,
+angrily. 'I know that man. He is both ill-tempered and a bad
+character.'
+
+"'You never told her so before,' muttered young Hop-o'-my-Thumb.
+
+"'Hold your tongue,' said Melchior. 'I forbade her to talk to him,
+which was enough.'
+
+"'I don't want to leave you; but he cares for me, and you don't,'
+sobbed the sister; and she was carried away.
+
+"When she had gone, the youngest brother slid down from his corner and
+came up to Melchior.
+
+"'We are alone now, Brother,' he said; 'let us be good friends. May I
+sit on the front seat with you, and have half the rug? I will be very
+good and polite, and will have nothing more to do with those fellows,
+if you will talk to me.'
+
+"Now Melchior really rather liked the idea, but as his brother seemed
+to be in a submissive mood, he thought he would take the opportunity
+of giving him a good lecture, and would then graciously relent and
+forgive. So he began by asking him if he thought that he was fit
+company for him (Melchior), what he thought that gentlefolks would say
+to a boy who had been playing with such youths as young
+Hop-o'-my-Thumb had, and whether the said youths were not scoundrels?
+And when the boy refused to say that they were (for they had been kind
+to him), Melchior said that his tastes were evidently as bad as ever,
+and even hinted at the old transportation threat. This was too much;
+the boy went angrily back to his window corner, and Melchior--like too
+many of us!--lost the opportunity of making peace for the sake of
+wagging his own tongue.
+
+"'But he will come round in a few minutes,' he thought A few minutes
+passed, however, and there was no sign. A few minutes more, and there
+was a noise, a shout; Melchior looked up, and saw that the boy had
+jumped through the open window into the road, and had been picked up
+by the men in the dog-cart, and was gone.
+
+"And so at last my hero was alone. At first he enjoyed it very much.
+He shook out his hair, wrapped himself in the rug, stared through the
+opera-glass, and did the fine gentleman very well indeed. But though
+everyone allowed him to be the finest young fellow on the road, yet
+nobody seemed to care for the fact as much as he did; they talked, and
+complimented, and stared at him, but he got tired of it. For he could
+not arrange his hair any better; he could not dispose the rug more
+gracefully, or stare more perseveringly through the glass; and if he
+could, his friends could do nothing more than they had done. In fact,
+he got tired of the crowd, and found himself gazing through the
+window, not to see his fine friends, but to try and catch sight of his
+brothers and sisters. Sometimes he saw the youngest brother, looking
+each time more wild and reckless; and sometimes the sister, looking
+more and more miserable; but he saw no one else.
+
+"At last there was a stir among the people, and all heads were turned
+towards the distance, as if looking for something. Melchior asked what
+it was, and was told that the people were looking for a man, the hero
+of many battles, who had won honour for himself and for his country in
+foreign lands, and who was coming home. Everybody stood up and gazed,
+Melchior with them. Then the crowd parted, and the hero came on. No
+one asked whether he were handsome or genteel, whether he kept good
+company, or wore a tiger-skin rug, or looked through an opera-glass?
+They knew what he had _done_, and it was enough.
+
+"He was a bronzed hairy man, with one sleeve empty, and a breast
+covered with stars; but in his face, brown with sun and wind,
+overgrown with hair and scarred with wounds, Melchior saw his second
+brother! There was no doubt of it. And the brother himself, though he
+bowed kindly in answer to the greetings showered on him, was gazing
+anxiously for the old coach, where he used to ride and be so
+uncomfortable, in that time to which he now looked back as the
+happiest of his life.
+
+"'I thank you, gentlemen. I am indebted to you, gentlemen. I have been
+away long. I am going home.'
+
+"'Of course he is!' shouted Melchior, waving his arms widely with
+pride and joy. 'He is coming home; to this coach, where he was--oh,
+it seems but an hour ago! Time goes so fast. We were great friends
+when we were young together. My brother and I, ladies and gentlemen,
+the hero and I--my brother--the hero with the stars upon his
+breast--he is coming home!'
+
+"Alas! what avail stars and ribbons on a breast where the life-blood
+is trickling slowly from a little wound? The crowd looked anxious; the
+hero came on, but more slowly, with his dim eyes straining for the old
+coach; and Melchior stood with his arms held out in silent agony. But
+just when he was beginning to hope, and the brothers seemed about to
+meet, a figure passed between--a figure in a cloak.
+
+"'I have seen you many times, Friend, face to face,' said the hero;
+'but now I would fain have waited for a little while.'
+
+"'To enjoy his well-earned honours,' murmured the crowd.
+
+"'Nay,' he said, 'not that; but to see my home, and my brothers and
+sisters. But if it may not be, friend Death, I am ready, and tired
+too.' With that he held out his hand, and Death lifted up the hero of
+many battles like a child, and carried him away, stars and ribbons and
+all.
+
+"'Cruel Death!' cried Melchior; 'was there no one else in all this
+crowd, that you must take him?'
+
+"His friends condoled with him; but they soon went on their own ways;
+and the hero seemed to be forgotten; and Melchior, who had lost all
+pleasure in the old bowings and chattings, sat sadly gazing out of the
+window, to see if he could see any one for whom he cared. At last, in
+a grave dark man, who was sitting on a horse, and making a speech to
+the crowd, he recognized his clever untidy brother.
+
+"'What is that man talking about?' he asked of some one near him.
+
+"'That man!' was the answer. 'Don't you know? He is _the_ man of the
+time. He is a philosopher. Everybody goes to hear him. He has found
+out that--well--that everything is a mistake.'
+
+"'Has he corrected it?' said Melchior.
+
+"'You had better hear for yourself,' said the man. 'Listen.'
+
+"Melchior listened, and a cold clear voice rang upon his ear,
+saying:--
+
+"'The world of fools will go on as they have ever done; but to the
+wise few, to whom I address myself, I would say--Shake off at once and
+for ever the fancies and feelings, the creeds and customs that shackle
+you, and be true. We have come to a time when wise men will not be
+led blindfold in the footsteps of their predecessors, but will tear
+away the bandage and see for themselves. I have torn away mine, and
+looked. There is no Faith--it is shaken to its rotten foundation;
+there is no Hope--it is disappointed every day; there is no Love at
+all. There is nothing for any man or for each, but his fate; and he is
+happiest and wisest who can meet it most unmoved.'
+
+"'It is a lie!' shouted Melchior. 'I feel it to be so in my heart. A
+wicked foolish lie! Oh! was it to teach such evil folly as this that
+you left home and us, my brother? Oh, come back! come back!'
+
+"The philosopher turned his head coldly, and smiled. 'I thank the
+gentleman who spoke,' he said, still in the same cold voice, 'for his
+bad opinion, and for his good wishes. I think the gentleman spoke of
+home and kindred. My experience of life has led me to find that home
+is most valued when it is left, and kindred most dear when they are
+parted. I have happily freed myself from such inconsistencies. I am
+glad to know that fate can tear me from no place that I care for more
+than the next where it shall deposit me, nor take away any friends
+that I value more than those it leaves. I recommend a similar
+self-emancipation to the gentleman who did me the honour of
+speaking.'
+
+"With this the philosopher went his way, and the crowd followed him.
+
+"'There is a separation more bitter than death,' said Melchior.
+
+"At last he pulled the check-string, and called to Godfather Time in
+an humble entreating voice.
+
+"'It is not your fault,' he began; 'it is not your fault, Godfather;
+but this drive has been altogether wrong. Let us turn back and begin
+again. Let us all get in afresh and begin again.'
+
+"'But what a squeeze with all the brats!' said Godfather Time,
+ironically.
+
+"'We should be so happy,' murmured Melchior, humbly; 'and it is very
+cold and chilly; we should keep each other warm.'
+
+"'You have the tiger-skin rug and the opera-glass, you know,' said
+Time.
+
+"'Ah, do not speak of me!' cried Melchior, earnestly. 'I am thinking
+of them. There is plenty of room; the little one can sit on my knee;
+and we shall be so happy. The truth is, Godfather, that I have been
+wrong. I have gone the wrong way to work. A little more love, and
+kindness, and forbearance, might have kept my sisters with us, might
+have led the little one to better tastes and pleasures, and have
+taught the other by experience the truth of the faith and hope and
+love which he now reviles. Oh, I have sinned! I have sinned! Let us
+turn back, Godfather Time, and begin again. And oh! drive very slowly,
+for partings come only too soon.'
+
+"'I am sorry,' said the old man in the same bitter tone as before, 'to
+disappoint your rather unreasonable wishes. What you say is admirably
+true, with this misfortune, that your good intentions are too late.
+Like the rest of the world you are ready to seize the opportunity when
+it is past. You should have been kind _then_. You should have advised
+_then_. You should have yielded _then_. You should have loved your
+brothers and sisters while you had them. It is too late now.'
+
+"With this he drove on, and spoke no more, and poor Melchior stared
+sadly out of the window. As he was gazing at the crowd, he suddenly
+saw the dog-cart, in which were his brother and his wretched
+companions. Oh, how old and worn he looked! and how ragged his clothes
+were! The men seemed to be trying to persuade him to do something that
+he did not like, and they began to quarrel; but in the midst of the
+dispute he turned his head and caught sight of the old coach; and
+Melchior seeing this, waved his hands, and beckoned with all his
+might. The brother seemed doubtful; but Melchior waved harder, and
+(was it fancy?) Time seemed to go slower. The brother made up his
+mind; he turned and jumped from the dog-cart as he had jumped from the
+old coach long ago, and ducking in and out among the horses and
+carriages, ran for his life. The men came after him; but he ran like
+the wind--pant, pant, nearer, nearer; at last the coach was reached,
+and Melchior seized the prodigal by his rags and dragged him in.
+
+"'Oh, thank GOD, I have got you safe, my brother!'
+
+"But what a brother! with wasted body and sunken eyes; with the old
+curly hair turned to matted locks, that clung faster to his face than
+the rags did to his trembling limbs; what a sight for the
+opera-glasses of the crowd! What a subject for the tongues that were
+ever wagging, and complimenting, and backbiting, and lying, all in a
+breath, and without sense or scruple! What a sight and a subject for
+the fine friends, for whose good opinion Melchior had been so anxious?
+Do you think he was as anxious now? Do you think he was troubled by
+what they either saw or said; or was ashamed of the wretched prodigal
+lying among the cushions? I think not. I think that for the most
+foolish of us there are moments in life (of real joy or real sorrow)
+when we judge things by a higher standard, and care vastly little for
+what 'people say'. The only shame that Melchior felt was that his
+brother should have fared so hardly in the trials and temptations of
+the world outside, while he had sat at ease among the cushions of the
+old coach, that had been the home of both alike. Thank GOD,
+it was the home of both now! And poor Hop-o'-my-Thumb was on the front
+seat at last, with Melchior kneeling at his feet, and fondly stroking
+the head that rested against him.
+
+"'Has powder come into fashion, brother?' he said. 'Your hair is
+streaked with white.'
+
+"'If it has,' said the other, laughing, 'your barber is better than
+mine, Melchior, for your head is as white as snow.'
+
+"'Is it possible? are we so old? has Time gone so very fast? But what
+are you staring at through the window? I shall be jealous of that
+crowd, brother.'
+
+"'I am not looking at the crowd,' said the prodigal in a low voice;
+'but I see--'
+
+"'You see what?' said Melchior.
+
+"'A figure in a cloak, gliding in and out--'
+
+"Melchior sprang up in horror. 'No! no!' he cried, hoarsely. 'No!
+surely no!'
+
+"Surely yes! Too surely the well-known figure came on; and the
+prodigal's sunken eyes looked more sunken still as he gazed. As for
+Melchior, he neither spoke nor moved, but stood in a silent agony,
+terrible to see. All at once a thought seemed to strike him; he seized
+his brother, and pushed him to the furthest corner of the seat, and
+then planted himself firmly at the door just as Death came up and put
+his hand into the coach. Then he spoke in a low steady voice, more
+piteous than cries or tears.
+
+"'I humbly beseech you, good Death, if you must take one of us, to
+take me. I have had a long drive, and many comforts and blessings, and
+am willing if unworthy to go. He has suffered much, and had no
+pleasure; leave him for a little to enjoy the drive in peace, just for
+a very little; he has suffered so much, and I have been so much to
+blame; let me go instead of him.'
+
+"Alas for Melchior! It is decreed in the Providence of GOD,
+that, although the opportunities for doing good, which are in the
+power of every man, are beyond count or knowledge, yet, the
+opportunity once neglected, no man by any self-sacrifice can atone for
+those who have fallen or suffered by his negligence. Poor Melchior! An
+unalterable law made him the powerless spectator of the consequences
+of his neglected opportunities. 'No man may deliver his brother, or
+make agreement unto GOD for him, for it cost more to redeem
+their souls, so that he must let that alone for ever.' And is it ever
+so bitter to 'let alone,' as in a case where we might have acted and
+did not?
+
+"Poor Melchior! In vain he laid both his hands in Death's outstretched
+palm; they fell to him again as if they had passed through air; he was
+pushed aside--Death passed into the coach--'one was taken and the
+other left.'
+
+"As the cloaked figure glided in and out among the crowd, many turned
+to look at his sad burden, though few heeded him. Much was said; but
+the general voice of the crowd was this: 'Ah! he is gone, is he? Well!
+a born rascal! It must be a great relief to his brother!' A conclusion
+which was about as wise, and about as near the truth, as the world's
+conclusions generally are. As for Melchior, he neither saw the figure
+nor heard the crowd, for he had fallen senseless among the cushions.
+
+"When he came to his senses, he found himself lying still upon his
+face; and so bitter was his loneliness and grief, that he lay still
+and did not move. He was astonished, however, by the (as it seemed to
+him) unusual silence. The noise of the carriages had been deafening,
+and now there was not a sound. Was he deaf? or had the crowd gone? He
+opened his eyes. Was he blind? or had the night come? He sat right up,
+and shook himself, and looked again. The crowd _was_ gone; so, for
+matter of that, was the coach; and so was Godfather Time. He had not
+been lying among cushions, but among pillows; he was not in any
+vehicle of any kind, but in bed. The room was dark, and very still;
+but through the 'barracks' window, which had no blind, he saw the
+winter sun pushing through the mist, like a red hot cannon-ball
+hanging in the frosty trees; and in the yard outside, the cocks were
+crowing.
+
+"There was no longer any doubt that he was safe in his old home; but
+where were his brothers and sisters? With a beating heart he crept to
+the other end of the bed; and there lay the prodigal, but with no
+haggard cheeks or sunken eyes, no grey locks or miserable rags, but a
+rosy yellow-haired urchin fast asleep, with his head upon his arm. 'I
+took his pillow,' muttered Melchior, self-reproachfully.
+
+"A few minutes later, young Hop-o'-my-Thumb (whom Melchior dared not
+lose sight of for fear he should melt away) seated comfortably on his
+brother's back, and wrapped up in a blanket, was making a tour of the
+'barracks.'
+
+"'It's an awful lark,' said he, shivering with a mixture of cold and
+delight.
+
+"If not exactly a _lark_, it was a very happy tour to Melchior, as,
+hope gradually changing into certainty, he recognized his brothers in
+one shapeless lump after the other in the little beds. There they all
+were, sleeping peacefully in a happy home, from the embryo hero to the
+embryo philosopher, who lay with the invariable book upon his pillow,
+and his hair looking (as it always did) as if he lived in a high wind.
+
+"'I say,' whispered Melchior, pointing to him, 'what did he say the
+other day about being a parson?'
+
+"'He said he should like to be one,' returned Hop-o'-my-Thumb; 'but
+you said he would frighten away the congregation with his looks. And
+then, you know, he got very angry, and said he didn't know priests
+need be dandies, and that everybody was humbuggy alike, and thought of
+nothing but looks; but that he would be a philosopher like Diogenes,
+who cared for nobody, and was as ugly as an ape, and lived in a tub.'
+
+"'He will make a capital parson,' said Melchior, hastily, 'and I shall
+tell him so to-morrow. And when I'm squire here, he shall be vicar,
+and I'll subscribe to all his dodges without a grumble. I'm the eldest
+son. And, I say, don't you think we could brush his hair for him in a
+morning, till he learns to do it himself?'
+
+"'Oh, I will!' was the lively answer; 'I'm an awful dab at brushing.
+Look how I brush your best hat!'
+
+"'True,' said Melchior. 'Where are the girls to-night?'
+
+"'In the little room at the end of the long passage,' said
+Hop-o'-my-Thumb, trembling with increased chilliness and enjoyment.
+'But you're never going there! we shall wake the company, and they
+will all come out to see what's the matter.'
+
+"'I shouldn't care if they did,' said Melchior, 'it would make it feel
+more real.'
+
+"As he did not understand this sentiment, Hop-o'-my-Thumb said
+nothing, but held on very tightly; and they crept softly down the cold
+grey passage in the dawn. The girls' door was open; for the girls were
+afraid of robbers, and left their bed-room door wide open at night, as
+a natural and obvious means of self-defence. The girls slept together;
+and the frill of the pale sister's prim little night-cap was buried in
+the other one's uncovered curls.
+
+"'How you do tremble!' whispered Hop-o'-my-Thumb; 'are you cold?' This
+inquiry received no answer; and after some minutes he spoke again. 'I
+say, how very pretty they look! don't they?'
+
+"But for some reason or other, Melchior seemed to have lost his voice;
+but he stooped down and kissed both the girls very gently, and then
+the two brothers crept back along the passage to the 'barracks.'
+
+"'One thing more,' said Melchior; and they went up to the mantelpiece.
+'I will lend you my bow and arrows to-morrow, on one condition--'
+
+"'Anything!' was the reply, in an enthusiastic whisper.
+
+"'That you take that old picture for a target, and never let me see it
+again.'
+
+"It was very ungrateful! but perfection is not in man; and there was
+something in Melchior's muttered excuse--
+
+"'I couldn't stand another night of it.'
+
+"Hop-o'-my-Thumb was speedily put to bed again, to get warm, this time
+with both the pillows; but Melchior was too restless to sleep, so he
+resolved to have a shower-bath, and to dress. After which, he knelt
+down by the window, and covered his face with his hands.
+
+"'He's saying very long prayers,' thought Hop-o'-my-Thumb, glancing at
+him from his warm nest; 'and what a jolly humour he is in this
+morning!'
+
+"Still the young head was bent, and the handsome face hidden; and
+Melchior was finding his life every moment more real and more happy.
+For there was hardly a thing, from the well-filled 'barracks' to the
+brother bedfellow, that had been a hardship last night, which this
+morning did not seem a blessing. He rose at last, and stood in the
+sunshine, which was now pouring in; a smile was on his lips, and on
+his face were two drops, which, if they were water, had not come from
+the shower-bath, or from any bath at all."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"Is that the end?" inquired the young lady on his knee, as the story
+teller paused here.
+
+"Yes, that is the end."
+
+"It's a beautiful story," she murmured, thoughtfully; "but what an
+extraordinary one! I don't think I could have dreamt such a wonderful
+dream."
+
+"Do you think you could have eaten such a wonderful supper?" said the
+friend, twisting his moustachios.
+
+After this point, the evening's amusements were thoroughly successful.
+Richard took his smoking boots from the fire-place, and was called upon
+for various entertainments for which he was famous: such as the
+accurate imitation of a train just starting, in which two pieces of
+bone were used with considerable effect; as also of a bumble-bee, who
+(very much out of season) went buzzing about, and was always being
+caught with a heavy bang on the heads and shoulders of those who least
+expected it; all which specimens of his talents were received with due
+applause by his admiring brothers and sisters.
+
+The bumble-bee had just been caught (for the twenty-first time) with a
+loud smack on brother Benjamin's ear, when the door opened, and
+Paterfamilias entered with Materfamilias (whose headache was better),
+and followed by the candles. A fresh log was then thrown upon the
+fire, the yule cakes and furmety were put upon the table, and
+everybody drew round to supper; and Paterfamilias announced that
+although he could not give the materials to play with, he had no
+objection now to a bowl of moderate punch for all, and that Richard
+might compound it. This was delightful; and as he sat by his father,
+ladling away to the rest, Adolphus Brown could hardly have felt more
+jovial, even with the champagne and ices.
+
+The rest sat with radiant faces and shining heads in goodly order; and
+at the bottom of the table, by Materfamilias, was the friend, as happy
+in his unselfish sympathy as if his twenty-five sticks had come to
+life, and were supping with him. As happy--nearly--as if a certain
+woman's grave had never been dug under the southern sun that could not
+save her, and as if the children gathered round him were those of
+whose faces he had often dreamt, but might never see.
+
+His health had been drunk, and everybody else's too, when, just as
+supper was coming to a close, Richard (who had been sitting in
+thoughtful silence for some minutes) got up with sudden resolution,
+and said,
+
+"I want to propose Mr. What's-his-name's health on my own account. I
+want to thank him for his story, which had only one mistake in it.
+Melchior should have kept the effervescing papers to put into the
+beer; it's a splendid drink! Otherwise it was first-rate; though it
+hit me rather hard. I want to say that though I didn't mean all I said
+about being an only son (when a fellow gets put out he doesn't know
+what he means), yet I know I was quite wrong, and the story is quite
+right. I want particularly to say that I'm very glad there are so many
+of us, for the more, you know, the merrier. I wouldn't change father
+or mother, brothers or sisters, with any one in the world. It couldn't
+be better, we couldn't be happier. We are all together, and to-morrow
+is Christmas Day. Thank GOD."
+
+It was very well said. It was a very good speech. It was very well and
+very good that while the blessings were with him, he could feel it to
+be so, and be grateful.
+
+It was very well, and good also, that the friend, who had neither home
+nor kindred to be grateful for, had something else for which he could
+thank GOD as heartily. The thought of that something came to
+him then as he sat at his friend's table, filling his eyes with tears.
+It came to him next day as he knelt before GOD's altar,
+remembering in blessed fellowship that deed of love which is the
+foundation of all our hope and joy. It came to him when he went back
+to his lonely wandering life, and thought with tender interest of that
+boyish speech. It came--a whisper of consolation to silence envy and
+regret for ever.
+
+"There _is_ something far better. There _is_ something far happier.
+There is a better Home than any earthly one, and a Family that shall
+never be divided."
+
+
+
+
+THE BLACKBIRD'S NEST.
+
+ "Let me not think an action mine own way,
+ But as Thy love shall sway,
+ Resigning up the rudder to Thy skill."
+
+ GEORGE HERBERT.
+
+
+One day, when I was a very little girl (which is a long time ago), I
+made a discovery. The place where I made it was not very remote, being
+a holly-bush at the bottom of our garden; and the discovery was not a
+great one in itself, though I thought it very grand. I had found a
+blackbird's nest, with three young ones in it.
+
+The discovery was made on this wise. I was sitting one morning on a
+log of wood opposite this holly-bush, reading the story of Goody
+Twoshoes, and thinking to myself how much I should like to be like
+her, and to go about in the village with a raven, a pigeon, and a lark
+on my shoulders, admired and talked about by everybody. All sorts of
+nonsense passed through my head as I sat, with the book on my lap,
+staring straight before me; and I was just fancying the kind
+condescension with which I would behave to everybody when I became a
+Goody Twoshoes, when I saw a bird come out of the holly-bush and fly
+away. It was a blackbird: there was no doubt of it; and it must have a
+nest in the tree, or why had it been there so long? Down went my book,
+and I flew to make my discovery. A blackbird's nest, with three young
+ones! I stood still at first in pure pleasure at the sight; and then,
+little by little, grand ideas came into my head.
+
+I would be very kind to these little blackbirds, I thought; I would
+take them home out of this cold tree, and make a large nest of cotton
+wool (which would be much softer and better for them than to be where
+they were), and feed them, and keep them; and then, when they were
+full-grown, they would, of course, love me better than any one, and be
+very tame and grateful; and I should walk about with them on my
+shoulders, like Goody Twoshoes, and be admired by everybody; for, I am
+ashamed to say, most of my day dreams ended with this, _to be admired
+by everybody_. I was so wrapped up in these thoughts that I did not
+know, till his hands were laid upon my shoulders, that my friend, the
+curate of the village, had come up behind me. He lived next door to
+us, and often climbed over the wall that divided our garden to bring
+me flowers for my little bed. He was a tall, dark, not very young man;
+and the best hand at making fire-balloons, mending toys, and making a
+broken wax doll as good as new with a hot knitting needle, that you
+can imagine. I had heard grown-up people call him grave and silent,
+but he always laughed and talked to me.
+
+"What are you doing, little woman?" he said.
+
+"I have got a nest of poor little birds," I answered; "I am so sorry
+for them here in the cold; but they will be all right when I have got
+them indoors. I shall make them a beautiful nest of cotton wool, and
+feed them. Won't it be nice?"
+
+I spoke confidently; for I had really so worked up my fancy that I
+felt quite a contemptuous pity for all the wretched little birds who
+were hatched every year without me to rear them. At the same time, I
+had a general idea that grown-up people always _did_ throw cold water
+on splendid plans like mine; so I was more indignant than surprised
+when my friend the curate tried to show me that it was quite
+impossible to do as I wished. The end of all his arguments was that I
+must leave the nest in its place. But I had a great turn for
+disputing, and was not at all inclined to give up my point. "You told
+me on Sunday," I said, pertly, "that we were never too little to do
+kind things; let me do this."
+
+"If I could be sure," he said, looking at me, "that you only wish to
+do a kind thing."
+
+I got more angry and rude.
+
+"Perhaps you think I want to kill them," I said.
+
+He did not answer, but taking both my hands in his, said, gravely,
+"Tell me, my child, which do you wish most--to be kind to these poor
+little birds? or to have the honour and glory of having them, and
+bringing them up?"
+
+"To be kind to them," said I, getting very red. "I don't want any
+honour and glory," and I felt ready to cry.
+
+"Well, well," he said, smiling; "then I know you will believe me when
+I tell you that the kindest thing you can do for these little birds is
+to leave them where they are. And if you like, you can come and sit
+here every day till they are able to fly, and keep watch over the
+nest, that no naughty boy may come near it--the curate, for instance!"
+and he pulled a funny face. "That will be very kind."
+
+"But they will never know, and I want them to like me," said I.
+
+"I thought you only wanted to be kind," he answered. And then he began
+to talk very gently about different sorts of kindness, and that if I
+wished to be kind like a Christian, I must be kind without hoping for
+any reward, whether gratitude or anything else. He told me that the
+best followers of Jesus in all times had tried hard to do everything,
+however small, simply for GOD's sake, and to put themselves
+away. That they often began even their letters, etc., with such words,
+as, "Glory to GOD," to remind themselves that everything they
+did, to be perfect, must be done to GOD, and GOD alone. And that in
+doing good kind things even, they were afraid lest, though the thing
+was right, the wish to do it might have come from conceit or
+presumption.
+
+"This self-devotion," he added, "is the very highest Christian life,
+and seems, I dare say, very hard for you even to understand, and much
+more so to put in practice. But we must all try for it in the best way
+we can, little woman; and for those who by GOD's grace really
+practised it, it was almost as impossible to be downcast or
+disappointed as if they were already in Heaven. They wished for
+nothing to happen to themselves but GOD's will; they did
+nothing but for GOD's glory. And so a very good bishop says,
+'I have my end, whether I succeed or am disappointed.' So you will
+have your end, my child, in being kind to these little birds in the
+right way, and denying yourself, whether they know you or not."
+
+I could not have understood all he said; but I am afraid I did not try
+to understand what I might have done; however, I said no more, and
+stood silent, while he comforted me with the promise of a new flower
+for my garden, called "hen and chickens," which he said I was to take
+care of instead of the little blackbirds.
+
+When he was gone I went back to the holly-bush, and stood gazing at
+the nest, and nursing angry thoughts in my heart. "What a _preach_," I
+thought, "about nothing! as if there could be any conceit and
+presumption in taking care of three poor little birds! The curate must
+forget that I was growing into a big girl; and as to not knowing how
+to feed them, I knew as well as he did that birds lived upon worms,
+and liked bread-crumbs." And so _thinking wrong_ ended (as it almost
+always does) in _doing wrong_: and I took the three little blackbirds
+out of the nest, popped them into my pocket-handkerchief, and ran
+home. And I took some trouble to keep them out of everyone's
+sight--even out of my mother's; for I did not want to hear any more
+"grown-up" opinions on the matter.
+
+I filled a basket with cotton wool, and put the birds inside, and took
+them into a little room downstairs, where they would be warm. Before I
+went to bed I put two or three worms, and a large supply of soaked
+bread-crumbs, in the nest, close to their little beaks. "What can they
+want more?" thought I in my folly; but conscience is apt to be
+restless when one is young, and I could not feel quite comfortable in
+bed, though I got to sleep at last, trying to fancy myself Goody
+Twoshoes, with three sleek full-fledged blackbirds on my shoulders.
+
+In the morning, as soon as I could slip away, I went to my pets. Any
+one may guess what I found; but I believe no one can understand the
+shock of agony and remorse that I felt. There lay the worms that I had
+dug up with reckless cruelty; there was the wasted bread; and there,
+above all, lay the three little blackbirds, cold and dead!
+
+I do not know how long I stood looking at the victims of my
+presumptuous wilfulness; but at last I heard a footstep in the
+passage, and fearing to be caught, I tore out of the house, and down
+to my old seat near the holly-bush, where I flung myself on the
+ground, and "wept bitterly." At last I heard the well-known sound of
+some one climbing over the wall; and then the curate stood before me,
+with the plant of "hen and chickens" in his hands. I jumped up, and
+shrank away from him.
+
+"Don't come near me," I cried; "the blackbirds are dead;" and I threw
+myself down again.
+
+I knew from experience that few things roused the anger of my friend
+so strongly as to see or hear of animals being ill-treated. I had
+never forgotten, one day when I was out with him, his wrath over a boy
+who was cruelly beating a donkey; and now I felt, though I could not
+see, the expression of his face, as he looked at the holly-bush and at
+me, and exclaimed, "You took them!" And then added, in the low tone in
+which he always spoke when angry, "And the mother-bird has been
+wandering all night round this tree, seeking her little ones in vain,
+not to be comforted, because they are not! Child, child! has
+GOD the Father given life to His creatures for you to destroy
+it in this reckless manner?"
+
+His words cut my heart like a knife; but I was too utterly wretched
+already to be much more miserable; I only lay still and moaned. At
+last he took pity, and lifting me up on to his knee, endeavoured to
+comfort me.
+
+This was not, however, an easy matter. I knew much better than he did
+how very naughty I had been; and I felt that I had murdered the poor
+tender little birds.
+
+"I can never, never, forgive myself!" I sobbed.
+
+"But you must be reasonable," he said. "You gave way to your vanity
+and wilfulness, and persuaded yourself that you only wished to be kind
+to the blackbirds; and you have been punished. Is it not so?"
+
+"O yes!" I cried; "I am so wicked! I wish I were as good as you are!"
+
+"As I am!"--he began.
+
+I was too young then to understand the sharp tone of self-reproach in
+which he spoke. In my eyes he was perfection; only perhaps a little
+_too_ good. But he went on:--
+
+"Do you know, this fault of yours reminds me of a time when I was just
+as wilful and conceited, just as much bent upon doing the great duty
+of helping others in my own grand fashion, rather than in the humble
+way which GOD's Providence pointed out, only it was in a much
+more serious matter; I was older, too, and so had less excuse. I am
+almost tempted to tell you about it; not that our cases are really
+quite alike, but that the punishment which met my sin was so
+unspeakably bitter in comparison with yours, that you may be thankful
+to have learnt a lesson of humility at smaller cost."
+
+I did not understand him--in fact, I did not understand many things
+that he said, for he had a habit of talking to me as if he were
+speaking to himself; but I had a general idea of his meaning, and said
+(very truly), "I cannot fancy you doing wrong."
+
+I was puzzled again by the curious expression of his face; but he only
+said, "Shall I tell you a story?"
+
+I knew his stories of old, and gave an eager "Yes."
+
+"It is a sad one," he said.
+
+"I do not think I should like a very funny one just now," I replied.
+"Is it true?"
+
+"Quite," he answered. "It is about myself." He was silent for a few
+moments, as if making up his mind to speak; and then, laying his head,
+as he sometimes did, on my shoulder, so that I could not see his face,
+he began.
+
+"When I was a boy (older than you, so I ought to have been better), I
+might have been described in the words of Scripture--I was 'the only
+son of my mother, and she was a widow.' We were badly off, and she was
+very delicate, nay, ill--more ill, GOD knows, than I had any
+idea of. I had long been used to the sight of the doctor once or twice
+a week, and to her being sometimes better and sometimes worse; and
+when our old servant lectured me for making a noise, or the doctor
+begged that she might not be excited or worried, I fancied that
+doctors and nurses always did say things of that sort, and that there
+was no particular need to attend to them.
+
+"Not that I was unfeeling to my dear mother, for I loved her
+devotedly in my wilful worldly way. It was for her sake that I had
+been so vexed by the poverty into which my father's death had plunged
+us. For her sake I worried her, by grumbling before her at our narrow
+lodgings and lost comforts. For her sake, child, in my madness, I
+wasted the hours in which I might have soothed, and comforted, and
+waited on her, in dreaming of wild schemes for making myself famous
+and rich, and giving her back all and more than she had lost. For her
+sake I fancied myself pouring money at her feet, and loading her with
+luxuries, while she was praying for me to our common Father, and
+laying up treasure for herself in Heaven.
+
+"One day I remember, when she was remonstrating with me over a bad
+report which the schoolmaster had given of me (he said I could work,
+but wouldn't), my vanity overcame my prudence, and I told her that I
+thought some fellows were made to 'fag,' and some not; that I had been
+writing a poem in my dictionary the day that I had done so badly, and
+that I hoped to be a poet long before my master had composed a
+grammar. I can see now her sorrowful face as, with tears in her eyes,
+she told me that all 'fellows' alike were made to do their duty
+'before GOD, and Angels, and Men.' That it was by improving
+the little events and opportunities of every day that men became
+great, and not by neglecting them for their own presumptuous fancies.
+And she entreated me to strive to do my duty, and to leave the rest
+with GOD. I listened, however, impatiently to what I called a
+'jaw' or a 'scold,' and then (knowing the tender interest she took in
+all I did) I tried to coax her by offering to read my poem. But she
+answered with just severity, that what she wished was to see me a good
+man, not a great one; and that she would rather see my exercises duly
+written than fifty poems composed at the expense of my neglected duty.
+Then she warned me tenderly of the misery which my conceit would bring
+upon me, and bade me, when I said my evening prayers, to add that
+prayer of King David, 'Keep Thy servant from presumptuous sins, lest
+they get the dominion over me.'
+
+"Alas! they had got the dominion over me already, too strongly for her
+words to take any hold. 'She won't even look at my poem,' I thought,
+and hurried proudly from the room, banging one door and leaving
+another open. And I silenced my uneasy conscience by fresh dreams of
+making my fortune and hers. But the punishment came at last. One day
+the doctor took me into a room alone, and told me as gently as he
+could what everyone but myself knew already--my mother was dying. I
+cannot tell you, child, how the blow fell upon me--how, at first, I
+utterly disbelieved its truth! It seemed _impossible_ that the only
+hope of my life, the object of all my schemes and fancies, was to be
+taken away. But I was awakened at last, and resolved that,
+GOD helping me, while she did live, I would be a better son.
+I can now look back with thankfulness on the few days we were
+together. I never left her. She took her food and medicine from my
+hand; and I received my First Communion with her on the day she died.
+The day before, kneeling by her bed, I had confessed all the sin and
+vanity of my heart and those miserable dreams; had destroyed with my
+own hand all my papers, and had resolved that I would apply to my
+studies, and endeavour to obtain a scholarship and the necessary
+preparation for Holy Orders. It was a just ambition, little woman,
+undertaken humbly, in the fear of GOD, and in the path of
+duty; and I accomplished it years after, when I had nothing left of my
+mother but her memory."
+
+The curate was silent, and I felt, rather than saw, that the tears
+which were wetting my frock had not come from my own eyes, though I
+was crying bitterly. I flung my arms round his neck, and hugged him
+tight.
+
+"Oh, I am so sorry!" I sobbed; "so very, very sorry!"
+
+We became quieter after a bit; and he lifted up his head and smiled,
+and called himself a fool for making me sad, and told me not to tell
+any one what he had told me, and what babies we had been, except my
+mother.
+
+"Tell her _everything_ always," he said.
+
+I soon cheered up, particularly as he took me over the wall, and into
+his workshop, and made a coffin for the poor little blackbirds, which
+we lined with cotton-wool and scented with musk, as a mark of respect.
+Then he dug a deep hole in the garden and we buried them, and made a
+fine high mound of earth, and put the "hen and chicken" plants all
+round. And that night, sitting on my mother's knee, I told her
+"everything," and shed a few more tears of sorrow and repentance in
+her arms.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Many years have passed since then, and many showers of rain have
+helped to lay the mound flat with the earth, so that the "hen and
+chickens" have run all over it, and made a fine plot. The curate and
+his mother have met at last; and I have transplanted many flowers that
+he gave me to his grave. I sometimes wonder if, in his perfect
+happiness, he knows, or cares to know, how often the remembrance of
+his story has stopped the current of conceited day-dreams, and brought
+me back to practical duty with the humble prayer, "Keep Thy servant
+also from presumptuous sins."
+
+
+
+
+FRIEDRICH'S BALLAD.
+
+A TALE OF THE FEAST OF ST. NICHOLAS.
+
+
+ "Ne pinger ne scolpir fia piu che queti,
+ L'anima volta a quell' Amor divino
+ Ch'asserse a prender noi in Croce le braccia."
+
+ "Painting and Sculpture's aid in vain I crave,
+ My one sole refuge is that Love divine
+ Which from the Cross stretched forth its arms to save."
+
+ _Written by_ MICHAEL ANGELO _at the age of 83._
+
+
+"So be it," said one of the council, as he rose and addressed the
+others. "It is now finally decided. The Story Woman is to be walled
+up."
+
+The council was not an ecclesiastical one, and the woman condemned to
+the barbarous and bygone punishment of being "walled up" was not an
+offending nun. In fact the Story Woman (or _Maerchen-Frau_ as she is
+called in Germany) may be taken to represent the imaginary personage
+who is known in England by the name of Mother Bunch, or Mother Goose;
+and it was in this instance the name given by a certain family of
+children to an old book of ballads and poems, which they were
+accustomed to read in turn with special solemnities, on one particular
+night in the year; the reader for the time being having a peculiar
+costume, and the title of "Maerchen-Frau," or Mother Bunch, a name
+which had in time been familiarly adopted for the ballad-book itself.
+
+This book was not bound in a fashionable colour, nor illustrated by a
+fashionable artist; the Chiswick Press had not set up a type for it,
+and Hayday's morocco was a thing unknown. It had not, in short, one of
+those attractions with which in these days books are surrounded, whose
+insides do not always fulfil the promise of the binding. If, however,
+it was on these points inferior to modern volumes, it had on others
+the advantage. It did not share a precarious favour with a dozen
+rivals in mauve, to be supplanted ere the year was out by twelve new
+ones in magenta. It was never thrown aside with the contemptuous
+remark,--"I've read that!" On the contrary, it always had been to its
+possessors, what (from the best Book downwards) a good book always
+should be, a friend, and not an acquaintance--not to be too readily
+criticized, but to be loved and trusted. The pages were yellow and
+worn, not with profane ill-usage, but with honourable wear and tear;
+and the mottled binding presented much such an appearance as might be
+expected from a book that had been pressed under the pillow of one
+reader, and in the pocket of another; that had been wept over and
+laughed over, and warmed by winter fires, and damped in the summer
+grass, and had in general seen as much of life as the venerable book
+in question. It was not the property of one member of the family, but
+the joint possession of all. It was not _mine_, but _ours_, as the
+inscription, "For the Children," written on the blank leaf testified;
+which inscription was hereafter to be a pathetic memorial to aged eyes
+of days when "the children" were not yet separated, and took their
+pleasures, like their meals, together.
+
+And after all this, with the full consent of a council of the owners,
+the _Maerchen-Frau_ was to be "walled up."
+
+But before I attempt to explain, or in any way excuse this seemingly
+ungracious act, it may be well to give some account of the doers
+thereof. Well, then:--
+
+Providence had blessed a certain respectable tradesman, in a certain
+town in Germany, with a large and promising family of children. He had
+married very early the beloved of his boyhood, and had been left a
+widower with one motherless baby almost before he was a man. A
+neighbour, with womanly compassion, took pity upon this desolate
+father, and more desolate child; and it was not until she had nursed
+the babe in her own house through a dangerous sickness, and had for
+long been chief adviser to the parent, that he awoke to the fact that
+she had become necessary to him, and they were married.
+
+Of this union came a family of eight, the two eldest of whom were laid
+in turn in the quiet grave. The others survived, and, with the first
+wife's daughter, made a goodly family party, which sometimes sorely
+taxed the resources of the tradesman to provide for, though his
+business was good and his wife careful. They scrambled up, however, as
+children are wont to do in such circumstances; and at the time our
+story opens the youngest had turned his back upon babyhood, and Marie,
+the eldest, had reached that pinnacle of childish ambition--she was
+"grown up."
+
+A very good Marie she was, and always had been; from the days when she
+ran to school with a little knapsack on her back, and her fair hair
+hanging down in two long plaits, to the present time, when she
+tenderly fastened that same knapsack on to the shoulders of a younger
+sister; and when the plaits had for long been reclaimed from their
+vagrant freedom, and coiled close to her head.
+
+"Our Marie is not clever," said one of the children, who flattered
+himself that _he was_ a bit of a genius; "our Marie is not clever, but
+also she is never wrong."
+
+It is with this same genius that our story has chiefly to do.
+
+Friedrich was a child of unusual talent; a fact which, happily for
+himself, was not discovered till he was more than twelve years old. He
+learnt to read very quickly; and when he was once able, read every
+book on which he could lay his hands, and in his father's house the
+number was not great. When Marie was a child, the school was kept by a
+certain old man, very gentle and learned in his quiet way. He had been
+fond of his fair-haired pupil, and when she was no longer a scholar,
+had passed many an odd hour in imparting to her a slight knowledge of
+Latin, and of the great Linnaeus' system of botany. He was now dead,
+and his place filled by a less sympathizing pedagogue; and Friedrich
+listened with envious ears to his more fortunate sister's stories of
+her friend and master.
+
+"So he taught you Latin--that great language! And botany--which is a
+science!" the child would exclaim with envious admiration, when he had
+heard for the thousandth time every particular of the old
+schoolmaster's kindness.
+
+And Marie would answer calmly, as she "refooted" one of the father's
+stockings, "We did a good deal of the grammar, which I fear I have
+forgotten, and I learnt by heart a few of the Psalms in Latin, which I
+remember well. Also we commenced the system of Mr. Linnaeus, but I was
+very stupid, and ever preferred those plates which pictured the flower
+itself to those which gave the torn pieces, and which he thought most
+valuable. But, above all, he taught me to be good; and though I have
+forgotten many of his lessons, there are words and advice of his which
+I heeded little then, but which come back and teach me now. Father
+once heard the Burgomaster say he was a genius, but I know that he was
+good, and that is best of all;" with which, having turned the heel of
+her stocking, Marie would put it out of reach of the kitten, and lay
+the table for dinner.
+
+And Friedrich--poor Friedrich!--groaning inwardly at his sister's
+indifference to her great opportunities for learning, would speculate
+to himself on the probable fate of each volume in the old
+schoolmaster's library, which had been sold when he, Friedrich, was
+but three years old. Thus, in these circumstances, the boy expressed
+his feelings with moderation when he said, "Our Marie is not clever,
+but also she is never wrong."
+
+If the schoolmaster was dead, however, Friedrich was not,
+nevertheless, friendless. There was a certain bookseller in his native
+town, for whom in his spare time he ran messages, and who in return
+was glad to let him spend his playhours and half-holidays among the
+books in his shop. There, perched at the top of the shelves on a
+ladder, or crouched upon his toes at the bottom, he devoured some
+volumes and dipped into others; but what he liked best was poetry, and
+this not uncommon taste with many young readers was with this one a
+mania. Wherever the sight of verses met his eye, there he fastened and
+read greedily.
+
+One day, a short time before my story opens, he found, in his
+wanderings from shelf to shelf, some nicely-bound volumes, one of
+which he opened, and straightway verses of the most attractive-looking
+metre met his eye, not, however, in German, but in a fair round Roman
+text, and, alas! in a language which he did not understand. There were
+customers in the shop, so he stood still in the corner with his nose
+almost resting on the bookshelf, staring fiercely at the page, as if
+he would force the meaning out of those fair clear-looking verses.
+When the last beard had vanished through the doorway, Friedrich came
+up to the counter, book in hand.
+
+"Well, now?" said the comfortable bookseller, with a round German
+smile.
+
+"This book," said the boy; "in what language is it?"
+
+The man stuck his spectacles on his nose, and smiled again.
+
+"It is Italian, and these are the sonnets of Petrarch, my child. The
+edition is a fine one, so be careful." Friedrich went back to his
+place, sighing heavily. After a while he came out again.
+
+"Well now, what is it?" said the bookseller, cheerfully.
+
+"Have you an Italian grammar?"
+
+"Only this," said the other, as he picked a book from the shelf and
+laid it on the counter with a twinkle in his eye. The boy opened it
+and looked up disappointed.
+
+"It is all Italian," said he.
+
+"No, no," was the answer; "it is in French and Italian, and was
+printed at Paris. But what wouldst thou with a grammar, my child?"
+
+The boy blushed as if he had been caught stealing, and said hastily--
+
+"I _must_ read those poems, and I cannot if I do not learn the
+language."
+
+"And thou wouldst read Petrarch with a grammar," shouted the
+bookseller; "ho! ho! ho!"
+
+"And a dictionary," said Friedrich; "why not?"
+
+"Why not?" repeated the other, with renewed laughter. "Why not?
+Because to learn a language, my Friedrich, one must have a master, and
+exercises, and a phrase-book, and progressive reading-lessons with
+vocabulary; and, in short, one must learn a language in the way
+everybody else learns it; that is why not, my Friedrich."
+
+"Everybody is nobody," said Friedrich, hotly; "at least nobody worth
+caring for. If I had a grammar and a dictionary, I would read those
+beautiful poems."
+
+"Hear him!" said the cheerful little bookseller. "He will read
+Petrarch. He! If my volumes stop in the shelves till thou canst read
+them, my child--ho! ho! ho!" and he rubbed his brushy little beard
+with glee.
+
+Friedrich's temper was not by nature of the calmest, and this
+conversation rubbed its tenderest points. He answered almost
+fiercely--
+
+"Take care of your volumes. If I live, and they _do_ stop in the
+shelves, I will buy them of you some day. Remember!" and he turned
+sharply round to hide the tears which had begun to fall.
+
+For a moment the good shopkeeper's little mouth became as round as his
+round little eyes and his round little face; then he laid his hands on
+the counter, and jumping neatly over flung his dead weight on to
+Friedrich, and embraced him heartily.
+
+"My poor child! (a kiss)--would that it had pleased Heaven to make
+thee the son of a nobleman--(another kiss). But hear me. A man in
+Berlin is now compiling an Italian grammar. It is to be out in a month
+or two. I shall have a copy, and thou shalt see it; and if ever thou
+canst read Petrarch I will give thee my volumes--(a volley of kisses).
+And now, as thou hast stayed so long, come into the little room and
+dine with me." With which invitation the kind-hearted German released
+his young friend and led him into the back room, where they buried the
+memory of Petrarch in a mess of vegetables and melted butter.
+
+It may be added here, that the Petrarchs remained on the shelf, and
+that years afterwards the round-faced little bookseller redeemed his
+promise with pride.
+
+Of these visits the father was to all intents and purposes ignorant.
+He knew that Friedrich went to see the bookseller, and that the
+bookseller was good-natured to him; but he never dreamt that his son
+read the books with which his neighbour's shop was lined, and he knew
+nothing of the wild visions which that same shop bred and nourished in
+the mind of his boy, and which made the life outside its doorstep
+seem a dream. The father and son saw that life from different points
+of view. The boy felt that he was more talented than other boys, and
+designed himself for a poet; the tradesman saw that the boy was more
+talented than other boys, and designed him for the business; and the
+opposite nature of these determinations was the one great misery of
+Friedrich's life.
+
+If, however, this source of the child's sorrows was a secret one, and
+not spoken of to his brothers and sisters, or even to his friend the
+bookseller, equally secret also were the sources of his happiness. No
+eye but his own ever beheld those scraps of paper which he begged from
+the bookseller, and covered with childish efforts at verse-making. No
+one shared the happiness of those hours, of which perhaps a quarter
+was spent in working at the poem, and three-fourths were given to the
+day-dreams of the poet; or knew that the wild fancies of his brain
+made Friedrich's nights more happy than his days. By day he was a
+child (his family, with some reason, said a tiresome one), by night he
+was a man, and a great man. He visited the courts of Europe, and
+received compliments from Royalty; _his_ plays were acted in the
+theatres; _his_ poems stood on the shelves of the booksellers; he made
+his family rich (the boy was too young to wish for money for
+himself); he made everybody happy, and himself famous.
+
+Fame! that was the word that rang in his ears and danced before his
+eyes as the hours of the night wore on, and he lived through a
+glorious lifetime. And so, when the mother, candle in hand, came round
+like a guardian angel among the sleeping children, to see that "all
+was right," he--poor child!--must feign to be sleeping on his face, to
+hide the traces of the tears which he had wept as he composed the
+epitaph which was to grace the monument of the famous Friedrich ----,
+poet, philosopher, etc. Whoever doubts the possibility of such
+exaggerated folly, has never known an imaginative childhood, or wept
+over those unreal griefs, which are not the less bitter at the time
+from being remembered afterwards with a mixture of shame and
+amusement. Happy or unhappy, however, in his dreams the boy was great,
+and this was enough; for Friedrich was vain, as everyone is tempted to
+be who feels himself in any way singular and unlike those about him.
+He revelled in the honours which he showered upon himself, and so--the
+night was happy; and so--the day was unwelcome when he was smartly bid
+to get up and put on his stockings, and found Fame gone and himself a
+child again, without honour, in his own country, and in his father's
+house.
+
+These sad dreams (sad in their uselessness) were destined, however, to
+do him some good at last; and, oddly enough, the childish council that
+condemned the ballad-book decided his fate also. This was how it
+happened.
+
+The children were accustomed, as we have said, to celebrate the Feast
+of St. Nicholas by readings from their beloved book. St. Nicholas's
+Day (the 6th of December) has for years been a favourite festival with
+the children in many parts of the Continent. In France, the children
+are diligently taught that St. Nicholas comes in the night down the
+chimney, and fills the little shoes (which are ranged there for the
+purpose) with sweetmeats or rods, according to his opinion of their
+owner's conduct during the past year. The Saint is supposed to travel
+through the air, and to be followed by an ass laden with two panniers,
+one of which contains the good things, and the other the birch, and he
+leaves his ass at the top of the chimney and comes down alone. The
+same belief is entertained in Holland; and in some parts of Germany he
+is even believed to carry off bad boys and girls in his sack,
+answering in this respect to our English Bogy.
+
+The day, as may be supposed, is looked forward to with no small amount
+of anxiety; very clean and tidy are the little shoes placed by the
+young expectants; and their parents--who have threatened and promised
+in St. Nicholas's name for a year past--take care that, with one sort
+of present or the other, the shoes are well filled. The great
+question--rods or sweetmeats--is, however, finally settled for each
+individual before breakfast-time on the great day; and before dinner,
+despite maternal warnings, most of the said sweetmeats have been
+consumed. And so it came to pass that Friedrich and his brothers and
+sisters had hit upon a plan for ending the day, with the same spirit
+and enjoyment with which it opened.
+
+The mother, by a little kind manoeuvring, generally induced the
+father to sup and take his evening pipe with a neighbour, for the
+tradesman was one of those whose presence is rather a "wet blanket"
+upon all innocent folly and fun. Then she good-naturedly took herself
+off to household matters, and the children were left in undisturbed
+possession of the stove, round which they gathered with the book, and
+the game commenced. Each in turn read whichever poem he preferred; and
+the reader for the time being, was wrapt in a huge hood and cloak,
+kept for the purpose, and was called the "Maerchen-Frau," or Story
+Woman. Sometimes the song had a chorus, which all the children sang to
+whichever suited best of the thousand airs that are always floating
+in German brains. Sometimes, if the ballad was a favourite one, the
+others would take part in any verses that contained a dialogue. This
+was generally the case with some verses in the pet ballad of
+Bluebeard, at that exciting point where Sister Anne is looking from
+the castle window. First the Maerchen-Frau read in a sonorous voice--
+
+ "Schwester Aennchen, siehst du nichts?"
+ (Sister Anne, do you see nothing?)
+
+Then the others replied for Anne--
+
+ "Staeubchen fliegen, Graeschen wehen."
+ (A little dust flies, a little grass waves.)
+
+Again the Maerchen-Frau--
+
+ "Aennchen, laesst sich sonst nichts sehen?"
+ (Little Anne, is there nothing else to be seen?)
+
+And the unsatisfactory reply--
+
+ "Schwesterchen, sonst seh' ich nichts!"
+ (Little sister, I see nothing else!)
+
+After this the Maerchen-Frau finished the ballad alone, and the
+conclusion was received with shouts of applause and laughter, that
+would have considerably astonished the good father, could he have
+heard them, and that did sometimes oblige the mother to call order
+from the loft above, just for propriety's sake; for, in truth, the
+good woman loved to hear them, and often hummed in with a chorus to
+herself as she turned over the clothes among which she was busy.
+
+At last, however, after having been for years the crowning enjoyment
+of St. Nicholas's Day, the credit of the Maerchen-Frau was doomed to
+fade. The last reading had been rather a failure, not because the old
+ballad-book was supplanted by a new one, or because the children had
+outgrown its histories; perhaps--though they did not acknowledge
+it--Friedrich was in some degree to blame.
+
+His increasing knowledge, the long readings in the bookseller's shop,
+which his brothers and sisters neither shared nor knew of, had given
+him a feeling of contempt for the one book on which they feasted from
+year to year; and his part, as Maerchen-Frau, had been on this occasion
+more remarkable for yawns than for anything else. The effect of this
+failure was not confined to that day. Whenever the book was brought
+out, there was the same feeling that the magic of it was gone, and
+very greatly were the poor children disquieted by the fact.
+
+At last, one summer's day, in the year of which we are writing, one of
+the boys was struck, as he fancied, by a brilliant idea; and as
+brilliant ideas on any subject are precious, he lost no time in
+summoning a council of his brothers and sisters in the garden. It was
+a half-holiday, and they soon came trooping round the great linden
+tree--where the bees were already in full possession--and the youngest
+girl, who was but six years old, bore the book hugged fast in her two
+arms.
+
+The boy opened the case--as lawyers say--by describing the loss of
+interest in their book since the last Feast of St. Nicholas. "This did
+not," he said, "arise from any want of love to the stories themselves,
+but from the fact of their knowing them so well. Whatever ballad the
+Maerchen-Frau chose, every line of it was so familiar to each one of
+them that it seemed folly to repeat it. In these circumstances it was
+evident that the greatest compliment they could pay the stories was to
+forget them, and he had a plan for attaining this desirable end. Let
+them deny themselves now for their future pleasure; let them put away
+the Maerchen-Frau till next St. Nicholas's Day, and, in the meantime,
+let each of them do his best to forget as much of it as he possibly
+could." The speaker ceased, and in the silence the bees above droned
+as if in answer, and then the children below shouted applause until
+the garden rang.
+
+But now came the question, where was the Maerchen-Frau to be put? and
+for this the suggestive brother had also an idea. He had found
+certain bricks in the thick old garden wall which were loose, and when
+taken out there was a hole which was quite the thing for their
+purpose. Let them wrap the book carefully up, put it in the hole, and
+replace the bricks. This was his proposal, and he sat down. The bees
+droned above, the children shouted below, and the proposal was carried
+amid general satisfaction. "So be it," said the suggestor, in
+conclusion. "It is now finally decided. The Maerchen-Frau is to be
+walled up."
+
+And walled up she was forthwith, but not without a parting embrace
+from each of her judges, and possibly some slight latent faith in the
+suggestion of one of the party that perhaps St. Nicholas would put a
+new inside and new stories into her before next December.
+
+"I don't think I should like a new inside, though," doubted the child
+before mentioned, with a shake of her tiny plaits, "or new stories
+either."
+
+As this quaint little Fraeulein went into the house she met Friedrich,
+who came from the bookseller's.
+
+"Friedrich," said she, in a solemn voice, "we have walled up the
+'Maerchen-Frau.'"
+
+"Have you, _Schwesterchen_?"
+
+This was Friedrich's answer; but it may safely be stated that, if any
+one had asked him what it was his sister had told him, he would have
+been utterly unable to reply.
+
+He had been to the bookseller's!
+
+The summer passed, and the children kept faithfully to their resolve.
+The little sister sometimes sat by the wall and comforted the
+Maerchen-Frau inside, with promises of coming out soon; but not a brick
+was touched. There was something pathetic in the children's voluntary
+renouncement of their one toy. The father was too absent and the
+mother too busy, to notice its loss; Marie missed it and made
+inquiries of the children, but she was implored to be silent, and
+discreetly held her tongue. Winter drew on, and for some time a change
+was visible in the manners of one of the children; he seemed restless
+and uncomfortable, as if something preyed upon his mind. At last he
+was induced to unburden himself to the others, when it was discovered
+that he couldn't forget the poems in "Maerchen-Frau." This was the
+grievance.
+
+"It seems as if I did it on purpose," groaned he in self-indignation.
+"The nearer the time comes, and the more I try to forget, the clearer
+I remember them everyone. You know my pet is Bluebeard; well, I
+thought I would forget that altogether, every word: and then when my
+turn came to be Maerchen-Frau I would take it for my piece. And now, of
+all the rest, this is just the one that runs in my head. It is quite
+as if I did it on purpose."
+
+Involuntarily the company--who appeared to have forgotten it as little
+as he--struck up in a merry tune--
+
+ "Blaubart war ein reicher Mann," etc.[A]
+
+"Oh, don't!" groaned the victim. "That's just how it goes in my head
+all along, especially the verse--
+
+ "Stark war seines Koerpers Ban,
+ Feurig waren seine Blicke,
+ Aber ach!--ein Missgeschicke!--
+ Aber ach! sein Bart war blau."[B]
+
+"On Sunday, when the preacher gave out the text, I was looking at him,
+and it came so strongly into my head that I nearly said it out
+loud--'But ah! his beard was blue!' To-day the schoolmaster asked me a
+question about Solomon. I could remember nothing but 'Ah! his beard
+was blue!' I have tried this week with all my might; and the harder I
+try, the better I remember every word. It is dreadful."
+
+[Footnote A: "Bluebeard was a rich man."]
+
+[Footnote B:
+
+ "Strong was the build of his body,
+ Fiery were his glances,
+ But ah!--disaster!--
+ But ah! his beard was blue."]
+
+It was dreadful; but he was somewhat comforted to learn that the
+memories of his brothers and sisters were as perverse as his own.
+Those ballads were not to be easily forgotten. They refused to give up
+their hold on the minds they had nourished and amused so long.
+
+One and all the children were really distressed, with the exception of
+Friedrich, who had, as usual, given about half his attention to the
+subject in hand; and who now sat absently humming to himself the
+account of Bluebeard's position and character, as set forth in
+Gotter's ballad.
+
+The others came to the conclusion that there was but one hope
+left--that St. Nicholas might have put some new ballads into the old
+book--and one and all they made for the hiding-place, followed at a
+feebler pace by the little Fraeulein, who ran with her lips tightly
+shut, her hands clenched, and her eyes wide open with a mixture of
+fear and expectation. The bricks were removed, the book unwrapped, but
+alas! everything was the same, even to the rough woodcut of Bluebeard
+himself, in the act of sharpening his scimitar. There was no change,
+except that the volume was rather the worse for damp. It was thrown
+down with a murmur of disappointment, but seized immediately by the
+little Fraeulein, who flung herself upon it in a passion of tears and
+embraces. Hers was the only faithful affection; the charm of the
+Maerchen-Frau was gone.
+
+They were all out of humour with this, and naturally looked about for
+some one to find fault with. Friedrich was at hand, and so they fell
+upon him and reproached him for his want of sympathy with their
+vexation. The boy awoke from a brown study, and began to defend
+himself:--"He was very sorry," he said; "but he couldn't see the use
+of making such a great fuss about a few old ballads, that after all
+were nothing so very wonderful."
+
+This was flat heresy, and he was indignantly desired to say where any
+were to be got like them--where even _one_ might be found, when St.
+Nicholas could not provide them? Friedrich was even less respectful to
+the idea of St. Nicholas, and said something which, translated into
+English, would look very like the word _humbug_. This was no answer to
+the question "where were they to get a ballad?" and a fresh storm came
+upon his head; whereupon being much goaded, and in a mixture of vanity
+and vexation of spirit, he let out the fact that "he thought he could
+write one almost as good himself."
+
+This turned the current of affairs. The children had an instinctive
+belief in Friedrich's talents, to which their elders had not attained.
+The faith of childhood is great; and they saw no reason why he should
+not be able to do as he said, and so forthwith began to pet and coax
+him as unmercifully as they had scolded five minutes before.
+
+"Beloved Friedrich; dear little brother! _Do_ write one for us. We
+know thou canst!"
+
+"I cannot," said Friedrich. "It is all nonsense. I was only joking."
+
+"It is not nonsense; we know thou canst! Dear Fritz--just to please
+us!"
+
+"Do!" said another. "It was only yesterday the mother was saying,
+'Friedrich can do nothing useful!' But when thou hast written a poem
+thou wilt have done more than any one in the house--ay, or in the
+town. And when thou hast written one poem thou wilt write more, and be
+like Hans Sachs, and the Twelve Wise Masters thou hast told us of so
+often."
+
+Friedrich had read many of the verses of the Cobbler Poet, but the
+name of Hans Sachs awakened no thought in his mind. He had heard
+nothing of that speech but one sentence, and it decided him.
+
+_Friedrich can do nothing useful._ "I will see what I can do," he
+said, and walked hastily away. Down the garden, out into the road,
+away to the mill, where he could stand by the roaring water and talk
+aloud without being heard.
+
+"Friedrich can do nothing useful. Yes, I will write a ballad."
+
+He went home, got together some scraps of paper, and commenced.
+
+In half-a-dozen days he began as many ballads, and tore them up one
+and all. He beat his brains for plots, and was satisfied with none. He
+had a fair maiden, a cruel father, a wicked sister, a handsome knight,
+and a castle on the Rhine; and so plunged into a love story with a
+moonlight meeting, an escape on horseback, pursuit, capture, despair,
+suicide, and a ghostly apparition that floated over the river, and
+wrung her hands under the castle window. It seems impossible for an
+author to do more for his heroine than take her out of the world, and
+bring her back again; but our poet was not content. He had not come
+himself to the sentiment of life, and felt a rough boyish disgust at
+the maundering griefs of his hero and heroine, who, moreover, were
+unpleasantly like every other hero and heroine that he had ever read
+of under similar circumstances; and if there was one thing more than
+another that Friedrich was determined to be, it was to be original.
+
+He had no half hopes. With the dauntlessness of young ambition, he
+determined to do his very best, and that that best should be better
+than anything that ever had been done by any one.
+
+Having failed with the sentimental, he tried to write something funny.
+Surely such child's tales as Bluebeard, Cinderella, etc., were easy
+enough to write. He would make a _Kindeslied_--a child's song. But he
+was mistaken; to write a new nursery ballad was the hardest task of
+all. Time after time he struggled; and, at last, one day when he had
+written and destroyed a longer effort than usual, he went to bed in
+hopeless despair.
+
+His disappointment mingled with his dreams. He dreamt that he was in
+the bookseller's shop hunting among the shelves for some scraps of
+paper on which he had written. He could not find them, he thought, but
+came across the Petrarch volumes in their beautiful binding. He opened
+one and saw--not a word of that fair-looking Italian, but--his own
+ballad that he could not write, written and printed in good German
+character with his name on the title-page. He took it in his hands and
+went out of the shop, and as he did so it seemed to him, in his dream,
+that he had become a man. He dreamt that as he came down the steps,
+the people in the street gathered round him and cheered and shouted.
+The women held up their children to look at him; he was a Great Man!
+He thought that he turned back into the shop and went up to the
+counter. There sat the smiling little bookseller as natural as life,
+who smiled and bowed to him, as Friedrich had a hundred times seen
+him bow and smile to the bearded men who came in to purchase.
+
+"How many have you sold of this?" said Friedrich, in his dream.
+
+"Forty thousand!" with another smile and bow.
+
+Forty thousand! It seemed to him that all the world must have read it.
+This was Fame.
+
+He went out of the shop, through the shouting market-place, and home,
+where his father led him in and offered pipes and a mug of ale, as if
+he were the Burgomaster. He sat down, and when his mother came in,
+rose to embrace her, and, doing so, knocked down the mug. Crash! it
+went on the floor with a loud noise, which woke him up; and then he
+found himself in bed, and that he had thrown over the mug of water
+which he had put by his bedside to drink during the thirsty feverish
+hours that he lay awake.
+
+He was not a great man, but a child.
+
+He had not written a ballad, but broken a mug.
+
+"Friedrich can do nothing useful."
+
+He buried his face, and wept bitterly.
+
+In time, his tears were dried, and as it was very early he lay awake
+and beat his brains. He had added nothing to his former character but
+the breaking of a piece of crockery. Something must be done. No more
+funny ballads now. He would write something terrible--miserable;
+something that should make other people weep as he had wept. He was in
+a very tragic humour indeed. He would have a hero who should go into
+the world to seek his fortune, and come back to find his lady-love in
+a nunnery; but that was an old story. Well, he would turn it the other
+way, and put the hero into a monastery; but that wasn't new. Then he
+would shut both of them up, and not let them meet again till one was a
+monk and the other a nun, which would be grievous enough in all
+reason; but this was the oldest of all. Friedrich gave up love stories
+on the spot. It was clearly not his _forte_.
+
+Then he thought he would have a large family of brothers and sisters,
+and kill them all by a plague. But, besides the want of further
+incident, this idea did not seem to him sufficiently sad. Either from
+its unreality, or from their better faith, the idea of death does not
+possess the same gloom for the young that it does for those older
+minds that have a juster sense of the value of human life, and are,
+perhaps, more heavily bound in the chains of human interests.
+
+No; the plague story might be pathetic, but it was not miserable--not
+miserable enough at any rate for Friedrich.
+
+In truth, he felt at last that every misfortune that he could invent
+was lost in the depths of the real sorrow which oppressed his own
+life, and out of this knowledge came an idea for his ballad. What a
+fool never to have thought of it before!
+
+He would write the history--the miserable bitter history--of a great
+man born to a small way of life, whose merits should raise him from
+his low estate to a deserved and glorious fame; who should toil, and
+strive, and struggle, and when his hopes and prayers seemed to be at
+last fulfilled, and the reward of his labours at hand, should awake
+and find that it was a dream; that he was no nearer to Fame than ever,
+and that he might never reach it. Here was enough sorrow for a
+tragedy. The ballad should be written now.
+
+The next day. Friedrich plunged into the bookseller's shop.
+
+"Well, now, what is it?" smiled the comfortable little bookseller.
+
+"I want some paper, please," gasped Friedrich; "a good big bit if I
+may have it, and, if you please, I must go now. I will come and clean
+out the shop for you at the end of the week, but I am very busy
+to-day."
+
+"The condition of the shop," said the little bookseller,
+grandiloquently, with a wave of his hand, "yields to more important
+matters; namely, to thy condition, my child, which is not of the best.
+Thou art as white as this sheet of paper, to which thou art heartily
+welcome. I am silent, but not ignorant. Thou wouldst be a writer, but
+art not yet a philosopher, my Friedrich. Thou art not fast-set on thy
+philosophic equilibrium. Thou hast knocked down three books and a
+stool since thou hast come in the shop. Be calm, my child: consider
+that even if truly also the fast-bound-eternally-immutable-condition
+of everlastingly-varying-circumstance--"
+
+But by this time Friedrich was at home.
+
+How he got through the next three days he never knew. He stumbled in
+and out of the house with the awkwardness of an idiot, and was so
+stupid in school that nothing but his previous good character saved
+him from a flogging. The day before the Feast of St. Nicholas (which
+was a holiday) the schoolmaster dismissed him with the severe inquiry,
+if he meant to be a dunce all his life? and Friedrich went home with
+two sentences ringing in his head--
+
+"Do I mean to be a dunce all my life?"
+
+"Friedrich can do nothing useful."
+
+To-night the ballad must be finished.
+
+He contrived to sit up beyond his usual hour, and escaped notice by
+crouching behind a large linen chest, and there wrote and wrote till
+his heart beat and his head felt as if it would split in pieces. At
+last, the careful mother discovered that Friedrich had not bid her
+good-night, and he was brought out of his hiding-place and sent to
+bed.
+
+He took a light and went softly up the ladder into the loft, and, to
+his great satisfaction, found the others asleep. He said his prayers,
+and got into bed, but he did not put out the light; he put a box
+behind it to prevent its being seen, and drew out his paper and wrote.
+The ballad was done, but he must make a fair copy for the
+Maerchen-Frau; and very hard work it was, in his feverish excited
+state, to write out a thing that was finished. He worked resolutely,
+however, and at last completed it with trembling hands, and pushed it
+under his pillow.
+
+Then he sat up in bed, and looked round him.
+
+Time passed, and still he sat shivering and clasping his knees, and
+the reason he sat so was--because he dared not lie down.
+
+The work was done, and the overstrained mind, no longer occupied,
+filled with ghastly fears and fancies. He did not dare to put out the
+light, and yet its faint glimmer only made the darkness more horrible.
+He did not dare to look behind him, though he knew that there was
+nothing there. He trembled at the scratching sound in the wainscot,
+though he knew that it was only mice. A sudden light on the window,
+and a distant chorus, did not make his heart beat less wildly from
+being nothing more alarming than two or three noisy students going
+home with torches. Then his light took the matter into its own hands,
+and first flared up with a suddenness that almost made Friedrich jump
+out of his skin, and then left him in total darkness. He could endure
+no longer, and, scrambling out of bed, crossed the floor to where the
+warm light came up the steps of the ladder from the room beneath.
+There our hero crouched without daring to move, and comforted himself
+with the sounds of life below. But it was very wearying, and yet he
+dared not go back. A neighbour had "dropped in," and he could see
+figures passing to and fro across the kitchen.
+
+At last his sister passed, with the light shining on her golden
+plaits, and he risked a low murmur of "Marie! Marie!"
+
+She stopped an instant, and then passed on; but after a few minutes,
+she returned, and came up the ladder with her finger on her lips to
+enjoin silence. He needed no caution, being instinctively aware that
+if one parental duty could be more obvious than another to the
+tradesman, it would be that of crushing such folly as Friedrich was
+displaying by timely severity. The boy crept back to bed, and Marie
+came after him.
+
+There are unheroic moments in the lives of the greatest of men, and
+though when the head is strong and clear, and there is plenty of light
+and good company, it is highly satisfactory and proper to smile
+condescension upon female inanity, there are times when it is not
+unpleasant to be at the mercy of kind arms that pity without asking a
+reason, and in whose presence one may be foolish without shame. And it
+is not ill, perhaps, for some of us, whose acutely strung minds go up
+with every discovery, and down with every doubt, if we have some
+humble comforter (whether woman or man) on whose face a faithful
+spirit has set the seal of peace--a face which in its very
+steadfastness is "as the face of an angel."
+
+Such a face looked down upon Friedrich, before which fancied horrors
+fled; and he wound his arms round Marie's neck, and laid down his
+head, and was comfortable, if not sublime.
+
+After a dozen or so of purposeless kisses, she spoke--
+
+"What is it, my beloved?"
+
+"I--I don't think I can get to sleep," said the poet.
+
+Marie abstained from commenting on this remark, and Friedrich was
+silent and comfortable. So comfortable that, though he despised her
+opinion on such matters he asked it in a low whisper--"Marie, dost
+thou not think it would be the very best thing in the world to be a
+great man? To labour and labour for it, and be a great man at last?"
+
+Marie's answer was as low, but quite decided--
+
+"No."
+
+"Why not, Marie?"
+
+"It is very nice to be great, and I should love to see thee a great
+man, Friedrich, very well indeed, but the very best thing of all is to
+be good. Great men are not always happy ones, though when they are
+good also it is very glorious, and makes one think of the words of the
+poor heathen in Lycaonia--'The gods have come down to us in the
+likeness of men.' But if ever thou art a great man, little brother, it
+will be the good and not the great things of thy life that will bring
+thee peace. Nay, rather, neither thy goodness nor thy greatness, but
+the mercy of GOD!"
+
+And in this opinion Marie was obstinately fixed, and Friedrich argued
+no more.
+
+"I think I shall do now," said the hero at last; "I thank thee very
+much, Marie."
+
+She kissed him anew, and bade GOD bless him, and wished him
+good-night, and went down the ladder till her golden plaits caught
+again the glow of the warm kitchen, and Friedrich lost sight of her
+tall figure and fair face, and was alone once more.
+
+He was better, but still he could not sleep. Wearied and vexed, he lay
+staring into the darkness till he heard steps upon the ladder, and
+became the involuntary witness of--the true St. Nicholas.
+
+It was the mother, with a basket in her hand, and Friedrich watched
+her as she approached the place where all the shoes were laid out, his
+among them.
+
+The children were by no means immaculate or in any way greatly
+superior to other families, but the mother was tender-hearted, and had
+a poor memory for sins that were past, and Friedrich saw her fill one
+shoe after another with cakes and sweetmeats. At last she came to his,
+and then she stopped. He lifted up his head, and an indefinable fury
+surged in his heart. He had been very tiresome since the ballad was
+begun; was she going to put rods into his shoes only? _His_! He could
+have borne anything but this. Meanwhile, she was fumbling in the
+basket; and, at last, pulled out--not a rod, but--a paper of cakes of
+another kind, to which Friedrich was particularly attached, and with
+these she lined the shoes thickly, and filled them up with sweetmeats,
+and passed on.
+
+"Oh, mother! mother! Far, far too kind!" The awkwardness and
+stupidity of yesterday, and of many yesterdays, smote him to the
+heart, and roused once more the only too ready tears. But he did not
+cry long, he had a happy feeling of community with his brothers and
+sisters in getting more than they any of them deserved; to have seen
+the St. Nicholas's proceedings had diverted his mind from gloomy
+fancies, and altogether, with a comfortable sensation of cakes and
+kindness, he fell asleep smiling, and slept soundly and well.
+
+The next day he threw his arms round his mother, and said that the
+cakes were "so nice."
+
+"But I don't deserve them," he added.
+
+"Thou'lt mend," said she kindly. "And no doubt the Saint knew that
+thou hadst eaten but half a dinner for a week past, and brought those
+cakes to tempt thee; so eat them all, my child; for, doubtless, there
+are plenty more where they come from."
+
+"I am very much obliged to whoever did think of it," said Friedrich.
+
+"And plenty more there are," said the good woman to Marie afterwards,
+as they were dishing the dinner. "Luise Jansen's shop is full of them.
+But, bless the boy! he's too clever for anything. There's no playing
+St. Nicholas with him."
+
+The day went by at last, and the evening came on. The tradesman went
+off of himself to see if he could meet with the Burgomaster, and the
+children became rabid in their impatience for Friedrich's ballad.
+
+He would not read it himself, so Marie was pressed into the service,
+and crowned with the hood and cloak, and elected Maerchen-Frau.
+
+The author himself sat in an arm-chair, with a face as white and
+miserable as if he were ordered for execution. He formed a painful
+contrast to his ruddy brothers and sisters; and it would seem as if he
+had begun already to experience the truth of Marie's assertion, that
+"great men are not always happy ones."
+
+The ballad was put into the Maerchen-Frau's hands, and she was told
+that Friedrich had written it. She gave a quick glance at it, and
+asked if he had really invented it all. The children repeated the
+fact, which was a pleasant but not a surprising one to them, and Marie
+began.
+
+The young poet had evidently a good ear, for the verses were easy and
+musical, and the metre more than tolerably correct; and as the hero of
+the ballad worked harder and harder, and got higher and higher, the
+children clapped their hands, and discovered that it was "quite like
+Friedrich."
+
+Why, when that hero was almost at the height of fortune, and the
+others gloried in his success, did the foolish author bury his face
+upon his arms, and sob silently but bitterly in sympathy?--moreover,
+with such a heavy and absorbing grief that he did not hear it, when
+Marie stopped for an instant and then went on again, or know that
+steps had come behind his chair, and that his father and the
+Burgomaster were in the room.
+
+The Maerchen-Frau went on; the hero awoke from his unreal happiness to
+his real fate, and bewailed in verse after verse the heavy weights of
+birth, and poverty, and circumstance, that kept him from the heights
+of fame. The ballad was ended.
+
+Then a voice fell on Friedrich's ear, which nearly took away his
+breath. It was his father's asking sternly, "What is all this?"
+
+And then he knew that Marie was standing up, with a strange emotion on
+her face, and he heard her say--
+
+"It is a poem that Friedrich has written. He has written it all
+himself. Every word. And he is but twelve years old!" She was pointing
+to him, or, perhaps, the Burgomaster might not have recognized in that
+huddled miserable figure the genius of the family.
+
+His was the next voice, and what he said Friedrich could hardly
+remember; the last sentences only he clearly understood.
+
+"GOD has not blessed me with children, neighbour. My wife, as
+well as I, would be ashamed if such genius were lost for want of a
+little money. Give the child to me. He shall have a liberal education,
+and will be a great man."
+
+"I shall not," said the tradesman, "stand in the way of his interests
+or your commands. I cannot tell what to say to your kindness,
+Burgomaster. GOD willing, I hope he will be a credit to the town."
+
+"GOD willing, he will be a credit to his country," said the
+Burgomaster.
+
+The words rang in Friedrich's ears over and over again, like the
+changes of bells. They danced before his eyes as if he saw them in a
+book. They were written in his heart as if "graven with an iron pen
+and lead in the rock for ever."
+
+"GOD _willing, I hope he will be a credit to the town._"
+
+"GOD _willing, he will be a credit to his country._"
+
+"_He shall have a liberal education, and will be a_ GREAT
+MAN."
+
+Friedrich tried to stand on his feet and thank the Burgomaster; who,
+on any other occasion, might have been tempted to suppose him an
+idiot, so white and distorted was the child's face, struggling through
+tears and smiles. He could not utter a word; a mist began to come
+before his eyes, through which the Burgomaster's head seemed to bob up
+and down, and then his father's, and his mother's, and Marie's, with a
+look of pity on her face. He tried to tell _her_ that he was now a
+great man and felt quite happy; but, unfortunately, was only able to
+burst into tears, and then to burst out laughing, and then a sharp
+pain shot through his head, and he remembered no more.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Friedrich had a dim consciousness of coming round after this, and
+being put to bed; then he fell asleep, and slept heavily. When he woke
+Marie was sitting by his side, and it was dark. The mother had gone
+downstairs, she said, and she had taken her place. Friedrich lay
+silent for a bit; at last he said,
+
+"I am very happy, Marie."
+
+"I am very glad, dearest."
+
+"Dost thou think father will let the Burgomaster give me a good
+education, Marie?"
+
+"Yes, dear, I am sure he will."
+
+"It is very kind," said Friedrich, thoughtfully; "for I know he wants
+me for the business. But I will help him some day. And, Marie, I will
+be a good man, and when I am very rich I will give great alms to the
+poor."
+
+"Thou wilt be a good man before thou art a rich one, I trust," said
+his dogmatic sister. "We are accepted in that we have, and not in that
+we have not. Thou hast great talent, and wilt give it to the Lord,
+whether He make thee rich or no. Wilt thou not, dearest?"
+
+"What dost thou mean, Marie? Am I never to write anything but hymns?"
+
+"No, no, I do not mean that," she said. "I am very ignorant and cannot
+rightly explain it to thee, little brother. But genius is a great and
+perilous gift; and, oh, Friedrich! Friedrich! promise me just
+this:--that thou wilt never, never write anything against the faith or
+the teaching of the Saviour, and that thou wilt never use the graces
+of poetry to cover the hideousness of any of those sins which it is
+the work of a lifetime to see justly, and to fight against manfully.
+Promise me just this."
+
+"Oh, Marie! to think that I could be so wicked!"
+
+"No! no!" she said, covering him with kisses. "I know thou wilt be
+good and great, and we shall all be proud of our little brother.
+GOD give thee the pen of a ready writer, and grace to use it
+to His glory!"
+
+"I will," he said, "GOD help me! and I will write beautiful
+hymns for thee, Marie, that when I am dead shall be sung in the
+churches. They shall be like that Evening Hymn we sing so often. Sing
+it now, my sister!"
+
+Marie cleared her throat, and in a low voice, that steadied and grew
+louder and sweeter till it filled the house and died away among the
+rafters, sang the beautiful hymn that begins--
+
+ "Herr, Dein Auge geht nicht unter, wenn es bei uns Abend wird;"
+ (Lord! Thine eye does not go down, when it is evening with us.)
+
+The boy lay drinking it in with that full enjoyment of simple vocal
+music which is so innate in the German character; and as he lay, he
+hummed his accustomed part in it, and the mother at work below caught
+up the song involuntarily, and sang at her work; and Marie's clear
+voice breaking through the wooden walls of the house, was heard by a
+passer in the street, who struck in with the bass of the familiar
+hymn, and went his way. Before it was ended, Friedrich was sleeping
+peacefully once more.
+
+But Marie sat by the stove till the watchman in the quaint old street
+told the hour of midnight, when (with the childish custom taught her
+by the old schoolmaster long ago) she folded her hands, and murmured,
+
+ "Nisi Dominus urbem custodiat, frustra vigilat custos."
+ (Except the Lord keep the city, the watchman waketh but
+ in vain.)
+
+And then she slept also.
+
+The snow fell softly on the roof, and on the walls of the old church
+outside, and on the pavement of the street of the poet's native town,
+and the night passed and the day came.
+
+There is little more to tell, for that night was the last night of his
+sorrowful humble childhood, and that day was the first day of his
+fame.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The Duke of ---- was an enlightened and generous man, and a munificent
+patron of the Arts and Sciences, and of literary and scientific men.
+He was not exactly a genius, but he was highly accomplished. He wrote
+a little, and played a little, and drew a little; and with fortune to
+befriend him, as a natural consequence he published a little, and
+composed a little, and framed his pictures.
+
+But what was better and more remarkable than this, was the generous
+spirit in which he loved and admired those who did great things in the
+particular directions in which he did a little. He bought good
+pictures while he painted bad ones; and those writers, musicians, and
+artists who could say but little for his performances, had every
+reason to talk loudly of his liberality. He was the special admirer of
+talent born in obscurity; and at the time of which we are writing
+(many years after the events related above), the favourite "lion" in
+the literary clique he had gathered round him in his palace, was a
+certain poet--the son of a small tradesman in a small town, who had
+been educated by the kindness of the Burgomaster (long dead), and who
+now had made Germany to ring with his fame; who had visited the Courts
+of Europe, and received compliments from Royalty, whose plays were
+acted in the theatres, whose poems stood on the shelves of the
+booksellers, who was a great man--Friedrich!
+
+It was a lovely evening, and the Duke, leaning on the arm of his
+favourite, walked up and down a terrace. The Duke was (as usual) in
+the best possible humour. The poet (as was not uncommon) was just in
+the slightest degree inclined to be in a bad one. They had been
+reading a critique on his poems. It was praise, it is true, but the
+praise was not judiciously administered, and the poet was aggrieved.
+He rather felt (as authors are not unapt to feel) that a poet who
+could write such poems should have critics created with express
+capabilities for understanding him. But the good Duke was in his most
+cheery and amiable mood, and quite bent upon smoothing his ruffled
+lion into the same condition.
+
+"What impossible creatures you geniuses are to please!" he said. "Tell
+me, my friend, has there ever been, since you first began your career,
+a bit of homage or approbation that has really pleased you?"
+
+"Oh, yes!" said the poet, in a tone that sounded like Oh, no!
+
+"I don't believe it," said the Duke. "Come, now, could you, if you
+were asked, describe the happiest and proudest hour of your life?"
+
+A new expression came into the poet's eyes, and lighted up his gaunt
+intellectual face. Some old memories awoke within him, and it is
+doubtful if he saw the landscape at which he was gazing. But the Duke
+was not quick, though kind; he thought that Friedrich had not heard
+him, and repeated the question.
+
+"Yes," said the poet. "Yes, indeed I could."
+
+"Well, then, let me guess," said the Duke, facetiously. (He fancied
+that he was bringing his crusty genius into capital condition.) "Was
+it when your great tragedy of 'Boadicea' was first performed in
+Berlin, and the theatre rose like one man to offer homage, and the
+gods sent thunder? I wish they had ever treated my humble efforts with
+as much favour. Was it then?"
+
+"No!"
+
+"Was it when his Imperial Majesty the Emperor of ---- was pleased to
+present you with a gold snuff-box set with diamonds, and to express
+his opinion that your historical plays were incomparably among the
+finest productions of poetic genius?"
+
+"His Imperial Majesty," said Friedrich, "is a brave soldier; but,
+a--hem!--an indifferent critic. I do not take snuff, and his Imperial
+Majesty does not read poetry. The interview was gratifying, but that
+was not the occasion. No!"
+
+"Was it when you were staying with Dr. Kranz at G----, and the
+students made that great supper for you, and escorted your carriage
+both ways with a procession of torches?"
+
+"Poor boys!" said the poet, laughing; "it was very kind, and they
+could ill afford it. But they would have drunk quite as much wine for
+any one who would have taken the inside out of the University clock,
+or burnt the Principal's wig, as they did for me. It was a very
+unsteady procession that brought me home, I assure you. The way they
+poked the torches in each other's faces left one student, as I heard,
+with no less than eight duels on his hands. And, oh! the manner in
+which they howled my most pathetic love songs! No! no!"
+
+The Duke laughed heartily.
+
+"Is it any of the various occasions on which the fair ladies of
+Germany have testified their admiration by offerings of sympathy and
+handiwork?"
+
+"No!" roared the poet.
+
+"Are you quite sure?" said the Duke, slyly. "I have heard of
+comforters, and slippers, and bouquets, and locks of hair, besides a
+dozen of warm stockings knit by the fair hands of ----"
+
+"Spare me!" groaned Friedrich, in mock indignation. "Am I a pet
+preacher, that I should be smothered in female absurdities? I have
+hair that would stuff a sofa, comforters that would protect a regiment
+in Siberia, slippers, stockings ----. I shall sell them, I shall burn
+them. I would send them back, but the ladies send nothing but their
+Christian names, and to identify Luise, and Gretchen, and Catherine,
+and Bettina, is beyond my powers. No!"
+
+When they had ceased laughing the Duke continued his catechism.
+
+"Was it when the great poet G---- (your only rival) paid that handsome
+compliment to your verses on ----"
+
+"No!" interrupted the poet. "A thousand times no! The great poet
+praised the verses you allude to simply to cover his depreciation of
+my 'Captive Queen,' which is among my best efforts, but too much in
+his own style. How Germany can worship his bombastic ---- but that's
+nothing! No."
+
+"Was it when you passed accidentally through the streets of Dresden,
+and the crowd discovered you, and carried you to the hotel on its
+shoulders?"
+
+The momentary frown passed from Friedrich's face, and he laughed
+again.
+
+"And when the men who carried me twisted my leg so that I couldn't
+walk for a fortnight, to say nothing of the headache I endured from
+bowing to the populace like a Chinese mandarin? No!"
+
+"Is it any triumph you have enjoyed in any other country in Europe?"
+
+"No!"
+
+"My dear genius, I can guess no more; what, in the name of Fortune,
+was this happy occasion--this life triumph?"
+
+"It is a long story, your highness, and entertaining to no one but
+myself."
+
+"You do me injustice," said the Duke. "A long story from you is too
+good to be lost. Sit down, and favour me."
+
+A patron's wishes are not to be neglected; and somewhat unwillingly
+the poet at last sat down, and told the story of his Ballad and of St.
+Nicholas's Day, as it has been told here. The fountain of tears is
+drier in middle age than in childhood, but he was not unmoved as he
+concluded.
+
+"Every circumstance of that evening," he said, "is as fresh in my
+remembrance now as it was then, and will be till I die. It is a joy, a
+triumph, and a satisfaction that will never fade. The words that
+roused me from despair, that promised knowledge to my ignorance and
+fame to my humble condition, have power now to make my heart beat, and
+to bring hopeful tears into eyes that should have dried with age--
+
+ "GOD _willing, he will be a credit to the town._"
+
+ "GOD _willing, he will be a credit to his country._"
+
+ "_He shall have a liberal education, and will be
+ a great man._"
+
+"It is as good as a poem," said the delighted Duke. "I shall tell the
+company to-night that I am the most fortunate man in Germany. I have
+heard your unpublished poem. By the bye, Poet, is that ballad
+published?"
+
+"No, and never will be. It shall never know less kindly criticism than
+it received then."
+
+"And are you really in earnest? Was this indeed the happiest triumph
+your talents have ever earned?"
+
+"It was," said Friedrich. "The first blast on the trumpet of Fame is
+the sweetest. Afterwards, we find it out of tune."
+
+"Your parents are dead, I think?"
+
+"They are, and so is my youngest sister."
+
+"And what of Marie?"
+
+"She married--a man who, I think, is in no way worthy of her. Not a
+bad, but a stupid man, with strong Bible convictions on the subject of
+marital authority. She is such an angel in his house as he can never
+understand in this world."
+
+"Do you ever see her?"
+
+"Sometimes, when I want a rest. I went to see her not long ago, and
+found her just the same as ever. I sat at her feet, and laid my head
+in her lap, and tried to be a child again. I bade her tell me the
+history of Bluebeard, and strove to forget that I had ever lost the
+childish simplicity which she has kept so well;--and I almost
+succeeded. I had forgotten that the great poet was jealous of my
+'Captive Queen,' and told myself it would be a grand thing to be like
+him. I thought I should like to see a live Emperor. But just when the
+delusion was perfect, there was a row in the street. The people had
+found me out, and I must show myself at the window. The spell was
+broken. I have not tried it again."
+
+They were on the steps of the palace.
+
+"Your story has entertained and touched me beyond measure," said the
+Duke. "But something is wanting. It does not (as they say) 'end
+well.' I fear you are not happy."
+
+"I am content," said Friedrich. "Yes, I am happy. I never could be a
+child again, even if it pleased GOD to restore to me the
+circumstances of my childhood. It is best as it is, but I have learnt
+the truth of what Marie told me. It is the good, and not the great
+things of my life that bring me peace; or rather, neither one nor the
+other, but the undeserved mercies of my GOD!"
+
+ * * * * *
+
+For those who desire to know more of the poet's life than has been
+told, this is added. He did not live to be very old. A painful disease
+(the result of mental toil), borne through many years, ended his life
+almost in its prime. He retained his faculties till the last, and bore
+protracted suffering with a heroism and endurance which he had not
+always displayed in smaller trials. The medical men pronounced, on the
+authority of a _post-mortem_ examination, that he must for years have
+suffered a silent martyrdom. Truly, his bodily sufferings (when known
+at last) might well excuse many weaknesses and much moody, irritable
+impatience; especially when it is remembered that the mental
+sufferings of intellectual men are generally great in proportion to
+their gifts, and (when clogged with nerves and body that are ever
+urged beyond their strength) that they often mock the pride of
+humanity by leaving but little space between the genius and the
+madman.
+
+Another fact was not known till he had died--his charity. Then it was
+discovered how much kindness he had exercised in secret, and that
+three poor widows had been fed daily from his table during all the
+best years of his prosperity. Before his death he arranged all his
+affairs, even to the disposal of his worn-out body.
+
+"My country has been gracious to me," he said, "and, if it cares, may
+dispose of my carcase as it will. But I desire that after my death my
+heart may be taken from my body and buried at the feet of my father
+and my mother in the churchyard of my native town. At their feet," he
+added, with some of the old imperiousness--"strong in death." "At
+their feet, remember!"
+
+In one of the largest cities of Germany, a huge marble monument is
+erected to the memory of the Great Man. On three sides of the pedestal
+are bas-relief designs illustrating some of his works, whereby three
+fellow-countrymen added to their fame; and on the fourth is a fine
+inscription in Latin, setting forth his talents, and his virtues, and
+the honours conferred on him, and stating in conclusion (on the
+authority of his eulogizer) that his works have gained for him
+immortality.
+
+In a quiet green churchyard, near a quiet little town, under the
+shadow of the quaint old church, a little cross marks the graves of a
+tradesman and of his wife who lived and laboured in their generation,
+and are at rest. Near them, daisies grow above the dust of the
+"Fraeulein," which awaits the resurrection from the dead. And at the
+feet of that simple couple lies the heart of their great son--a heart
+which the sickness of earthly hope and the fever of earthly ambition
+shall disturb no more.
+
+By the Poet's own desire, "the rude memorial" that marks the spot
+contains no more than his initials, and a few words in his native
+tongue to mark the foundation of the only ambition that he could feel
+in death--
+
+ "Ich verlasse mich auf Gottes Guete immer und ewiglich."
+
+ --_My trust is in the tender mercy of_ GOD _for
+ ever and ever._
+
+
+
+
+A BIT OF GREEN.
+
+ "Thou oughtest, therefore, to call to mind the more heavy
+ sufferings of others, that so thou mayest the easier bear
+ thy own very small troubles."--THE IMITATION OF
+ CHRIST.
+
+
+Children who live always with grass and flowers at their feet, and a
+clear sky overhead, can have no real idea of the charm that country
+sights and sounds have for those whose home is in a dirty, busy,
+manufacturing town--just such a town, in fact, as I lived in when I
+was a boy, which is more than twenty years ago.
+
+My father was a doctor, with a very large, if not what is called a
+"genteel," practice, and we lived in a comfortable house in a broad
+street. I was born and bred there; and, ever since I could remember,
+the last sound that soothed my ears at night, and the first to which I
+awoke in the morning, was the eternal rumbling and rattling of the
+carts and carriages as they passed over the rough stones. I never
+noticed if I heard them in the day-time, but at night my chief
+amusement, as I lay in bed, was to guess by the sound of the wheels
+what sort of vehicle was passing.
+
+"That light sharp rattle is a cab," I thought. "What a noise it makes,
+and gone in a moment! One gentleman inside, I should think. There's an
+omnibus; and there, jolty-jolt, goes a light cart; that's a carriage,
+by the way the horses step; and now, rumbling heavily in the distance,
+and coming slowly nearer, and heavier, and louder, this can be nothing
+but a brewer's dray!" And the dray came so slowly that I was asleep
+before it had got safely out of hearing.
+
+Ours was a very noisy street, but the noise made the night cheerful;
+and so did the church clock near, which struck the quarters; and so
+did the light of the street lamps, which came through the blind and
+fell upon my little bed. We had very little light, except gaslight and
+daylight, in our street; the sunshine seldom found its way to us, and,
+when it did, people were so little used to it that they pulled down
+the blinds for fear it should hurt the carpets. In the room my sister
+and I called our nursery, however, we always welcomed it with blinds
+rolled up to the very top; and, as we had no carpet, no damage was
+done.
+
+But sunshine outside will not always make sunshine shine within, and
+I remember one day when, though our nursery was unusually cheerful,
+and though the windows were reflected in square patches of sunlight on
+the floor, I stood in the very midst of the brightness, grumbling and
+kicking at my sister's chair with a face as black as a thunder-cloud.
+The reason of my ill-temper was this: Ever since I could remember, my
+father had been accustomed, once a year, to take us all into the
+country for change of air. Once he had taken us to the sea, but
+generally we went to an old farmhouse in the middle of the beautiful
+moors which lay not many miles from our dirty black town. But this
+year, on this very sunshiny morning, he had announced at breakfast
+that he could not let us go to what we called our moor-home. He had
+even added insult to injury by expressing his thankfulness that we
+were all in good health, so that the change was not a matter of
+necessity. I was too indignant to speak, and rushed upstairs into the
+nursery, where my little sister had also taken refuge. She was always
+very gentle and obedient (provokingly so, I thought), and now she sat
+rocking her doll on her knee in silent sorrow, whilst I stood kicking
+her chair and grumbling in a tone which it was well the doll could not
+hear, or rocking would have been of little use. I took pleasure in
+trying to make her as angry as myself. I reminded her how lovely the
+purple moors were looking at that moment, how sweet heather smelt,
+and how good bilberries tasted. I said I thought it was "very hard."
+It wasn't as if we were always paying visits, as many children did, to
+their country relations; we had only one treat in the year, and father
+wanted to take that away. Not a soul in the town, I said, would be as
+unfortunate as we were. The children next door would go somewhere, of
+course. So would the little Smiths, and the Browns, and _everybody_.
+Everybody else went to the sea in the autumn; we were contented with
+the moors, and he wouldn't even let us go there. And, at the end of
+every burst of complaint, I discharged a volley of kicks at the leg of
+the chair, and wound up with "I can't think why he can't!"
+
+"I don't know," said my sister, timidly, "but he said something about
+not affording it, and spending money, and about trade being bad, and
+he was afraid there would be great distress in the town."
+
+Oh, these illogical women! I was furious. "What on earth has that to
+do with us?" I shouted at her. "Father's a doctor; trade won't hurt
+him. But you are so silly, Minnie, I can't talk to you. I only know
+it's very hard. Fancy staying a whole year boxed up in this beastly
+town!" And I had so worked myself up that I fully believed in the
+truth of the sentence with which I concluded--
+
+"_There never_ WAS _anything so miserable!_"
+
+Minnie said nothing, for my feelings just then were something like
+those of the dogs who (Dr. Watts tells us)
+
+ "delight
+ To bark and bite;"
+
+and perhaps she was afraid of being bitten. At any rate, she held her
+tongue; and just then my father came into the room.
+
+The door was open, and he must have heard my last speech as he came
+along the passage; but he made no remark on it, and only said, "Would
+any young man here like to go with me to see a patient?"
+
+I went willingly, for I was both tired and half-ashamed of teasing
+Minnie, and we were soon in the street. It was a broad and cheerful
+one, as I said; but before long we left it for a narrower, and then
+turned off from that into a side street, where the foot-path would
+only allow us to walk in single file--a dirty, dark lane, where surely
+the sun never did shine.
+
+"What a horrid place!" I said. "I never was here before. Why don't
+they pull such a street down?"
+
+"What is to become of the people who live in it?" said my father.
+
+"Let them live in one of the bigger streets," I said; "it would be
+much more comfortable."
+
+"Very likely," he said; "but they would have to pay much more for
+their houses; and if they haven't the money to pay with, what's to be
+done?"
+
+I could not say, for, like older social reformers than myself, I felt
+more sure that the reform was needed, than of how to accomplish it.
+But before I could decide upon what to do with the dirty little
+street, we had come to a place so very much worse that it put the
+other quite out of my head. There is a mournful fatality about the
+pretty names which are given, as if in mockery, to the most wretched
+of the bye-streets in large towns. The street we had left was called
+Rosemary Street, and this was Primrose Place.
+
+Primrose Place was more like a yard than a street; the houses were all
+irregular and of different ages. On one side was a gap with palings
+round it, where building was going on, and beyond rose a huge black
+factory. But the condition of Primrose Place was beyond description. I
+had never seen anything like it before, and kept as close to my father
+as was consistent with boyish, dignity. The pathway was broken up,
+children squalled at the doors and quarrelled in the street, which
+was strewn with rags, and bones, and bits of old iron, and shoes, and
+the tops of turnips. I do not think there was a whole unbroken window
+in all the row of tall miserable houses, and the wet clothes hanging
+out on lines stretched across the street, flapped above our heads. I
+counted three cripples as we went up Primrose Place. My father stopped
+to speak to several people, and I heard many complaints of the bad
+state of trade to which my sister had alluded. He gave some money to
+one woman, and spoke kindly to all; but he hurried me on as fast as he
+could, and we turned at last into one of the houses.
+
+My ill-humour had by this time almost worked itself off in the fresh
+air, and the novel scenes through which we had come; and, for the
+present, the morning's disappointment was forgotten as I followed my
+father through the crowded miserable rooms, and clambered up staircase
+after staircase, till we reached the top of the house, and stumbled
+through a latched door into the garret. After so much groping in the
+dark, the light dazzled me, and I thought at first that the room was
+empty. But at last a faint "Good day" from the corner near the window
+drew my eyes that way; and there, stretched on a sort of bed, and
+supported by a chair at his back, lay the patient we had come to see.
+
+He was a young man about twenty-six years old, in the last stage of
+that terrible disease so fatally common in our country--he was dying
+of consumption. There was no mistaking the flushed cheek, the
+painfully laborious breathing, and the incessant cough; while two old
+crutches in the corner spoke of another affliction--he was a cripple.
+His gaunt face lighted up with a glow of pleasure when my father came
+in, who seated himself at once on the end of the bed, and began to
+talk to him, whilst I looked round the room. There was absolutely
+nothing in it, except the bed on which the sick man lay, the chair
+that supported him, and a small three-legged table. The low roof was
+terribly out of repair, and the window was patched with newspaper; but
+through the glass panes that were left, in full glory streamed the
+sun, and in the midst of the blaze stood a pot of musk in full bloom.
+The soft yellow flowers looked so grand, and smelled so sweet, that I
+was lost in admiration, till I found the sick man's black eyes fixed
+on mine.
+
+"You are looking at my bit of green, master?" he said, in a gratified
+tone.
+
+"Do you like flowers?" I inquired, coming shyly up to the bed.
+
+"Do I like 'em?" he exclaimed in a low voice. "Ay, I love 'em well
+enough--well enough," and he looked fondly at the plant, "though it's
+long since I saw any but these."
+
+"You have not been in the country for a long time?" I inquired,
+compassionately. I felt sad to think that he had perhaps lain there
+for months, without a taste of fresh air or a run in the fields; but I
+was _not_ prepared for his answer.
+
+"_I never was in the country, young gentleman._"
+
+I looked at my father.
+
+"Yes," he said, in answer to my glance, "it is quite true. William was
+born here. He got hurt when a boy, and has been lame ever since. For
+some years he has been entirely confined to the house. He was never
+out of town, and never saw a green field."
+
+Never out of the town! confined to the house for years! and what a
+house! The tears rushed to my eyes, and I felt that angry heart-ache
+which the sight of suffering produces in those who are too young to be
+insensible to it, and too ignorant of GOD's Providence to
+submit with "quietness and confidence" to His will.
+
+"My son can hardly believe it, William."
+
+"It is such a shame," I said; "it is horrible. I am very sorry for
+you."
+
+The black eyes turned kindly upon me, and the sick man said, "Thank
+you heartily, Sir. You mean very kindly. I used to say the same sort
+of things myself, when I was younger, and knew no better. I used to
+think it was very hard, and that no one was so miserable as I was. But
+I know now how much better off I am than most folks, and how many
+things I have to be thankful for."
+
+I looked round the room, and began involuntarily to count the
+furniture--one, two, three. The "many things" were certainly not
+chairs and tables.
+
+But he was gazing before him, and went on: "I often think how thankful
+I ought to be to die in peace, and have a quiet room to myself. There
+was a girl in a consumption on the floor below me; and she used to sit
+and cough, while her father and mother quarrelled so that I could hear
+them through the floor. I used to send her half of anything nice I
+had, but I found they took it. I did wish then," he added, with a
+sudden flush, "that I had been a strong man!"
+
+"How shocking!" I said.
+
+"Yes," he answered; "it was that first set me thinking how many
+mercies I had. And then there came such a good parson to St. John's,
+and he taught me many things; and then I knew your father; and the
+neighbours have been very kind. And while I could work I got good
+wage, and laid by a bit; and I've sold a few things, and there'll be
+these to sell when I'm gone; and so I've got what will keep me while
+I do live, and pay for my coffin. What can a man want more?"
+
+What, indeed! Unsatisfied heart, make answer!
+
+A fit of coughing that shook the crazy room interrupted him here. When
+he had recovered himself, he turned to my father.
+
+"Ay, ay, I have many mercies, as you know, Sir. Who would have thought
+I could have kept a bit of green like that plant of mine in a place
+like this? But, you see, they pulled down those old houses opposite
+just before I got it, and now the sun couldn't come into a king's room
+better than it comes into mine. I was always afraid, year after year,
+that they would build it up, and my bit of green would die; and they
+are building now, but it will last my time. Indeed, indeed, I've had
+much to be thankful for. Not," he added, in a low, reverential tone,
+"not to mention greater blessings. The presence of the LORD!
+the presence of the LORD!"
+
+I was awed, almost frightened, by the tone in which he spoke, and by
+the look of his face, on which the shadow of death was falling fast.
+He lay in a sort of stupor, gazing with his black eyes at the broken
+roof, as if through it he saw something invisible to us.
+
+It was some time before he seemed to recollect that we were there, and
+before I ventured to ask him. "Where did you get your plant?"
+
+He smiled. "That's a long story, master; but it was this way. You see,
+my father died quite young in a decline, and left my mother to
+struggle on with eight of us as she could. She buried six, one after
+another; and then she died herself, and brother Ben and I were left
+alone. But we were mighty fond of one another, and got on very well. I
+got plenty of employment, weaving mats and baskets for a shop in the
+town, and Ben worked at the factory. One Saturday night he came home
+all in a state, and said there was going to be a cheap trip on the
+Monday into the country. It was the first there had been from these
+parts, though there have been many since, I believe. Neither he nor I
+had ever been out of the town, and he was full of it that we must go.
+He had brought his Saturday wage with him, and we would work hard
+afterwards. Well, you see, the landlord had been that day, and had
+said he must have the rent by Tuesday, or he'd turn us out. I'd got
+some of it laid by, and was looking to Ben's wages to make it up. But
+I couldn't bear to see his face pining for a bit of fresh air, and so
+I thought I could stay at home and work on Monday for what would make
+up the rent, and he need never know. So I pretended that I didn't
+want to go, and couldn't be bothered with the fuss; and at last I set
+him off on Monday without me. It was late at night when he came back
+like one wild. He'd got flowers in his hat, and flowers in all his
+button-holes; he'd got his handkerchief filled with hay, and was
+carrying something under his coat. He began laughing and crying, and
+'Eh, Bill!' he said, 'thou hast been a fool. Thou hast missed summat.
+But I've brought thee a bit of green, lad, I've brought thee a bit of
+green.' And then he lifted up his coat, and there was the plant, which
+some woman had given him. We didn't sleep much that night. He spread
+the hay over the bed, for me to lay my face on, and see how the fields
+smelt, and then he began and told me all about it; and after that,
+when I was tired with work, or on a Sunday afternoon, I used to say,
+'Now, Ben, tell us a bit about the country.' And he liked nothing
+better. He used to say that I should go, if he carried me on his back;
+but the LORD did not see fit. He took cold at work, and went
+off three months afterwards. It was singular, the morning he died he
+called me to him, and said, 'Bill, I've been a dreaming about that
+trip that thou didst want to go after all. I dreamt--' and then he
+stopped, and said no more; but, after a bit, he opened his eyes wide,
+and pulled me to him, and he said, 'Bill, my lad, there's such
+flowers in heaven, such flowers!' And so the LORD took him.
+But I kept the bit of green for his sake."
+
+Here followed another fit of coughing, which brought my father from
+the end of the bed to forbid his talking any more.
+
+"I have got to see another patient in the yard," he said, "and I will
+leave my son here. He shall read you a chapter or two till I come
+back; he is a good reader for his age."
+
+And so my father went. I was, as he said, a good reader for my age;
+but I felt very nervous when the sick man drew a Bible from his side,
+and put it in my hands. I wondered what I should read; but it was soon
+settled by his asking for certain Psalms, which I read as clearly and
+distinctly as I could. At first I was rather disturbed by his
+occasional remarks, and a few murmured Amens; but I soon got used to
+it. He joined devoutly in the "Glory be to the Father"--with which I
+concluded--and then asked for a chapter from the Revelation of St.
+John. I was more at ease now, and read my best, with a happy sense of
+being useful; whilst he lay in the sunshine, folding the sheet with
+his bony fingers, with his eyes fixed on the beloved "bit of green,"
+and drinking in the Words of Life with dying ears.
+
+"_Blessed are they that dwell in the heavenly Jerusalem, where there
+is no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; for the
+glory of_ GOD _does lighten it, and the Lamb is the light
+thereof._"
+
+By the time that my father returned, the sick man and I were fast
+friends; and I left him with his blessing on my head. As we went home,
+my good kind father told me that I was nearly old enough now to take
+an interest in his concerns, and began to talk of his patients, and of
+the poverty and destitution of some parts of the town. Then he spoke
+of the bad state of trade--that it was expected to be worse, and that
+the want of work and consequent misery this year would probably be
+very great. Finally he added, that when so many were likely to be
+starving, he had thought it right that we should deny ourselves our
+little annual treat, and so save the money to enable us to take our
+part in relieving the distressed.
+
+"Don't you think so, my boy?" he concluded, as we reached the door of
+our comfortable (how comfortable!) home.
+
+My whole heart was in my "Yes."
+
+It is a happy moment for a son when his father first confides in him.
+It is a happy moment for a father when his son first learns to
+appreciate some of the labour of his life, and henceforth to obey his
+commands, not only with a blind obedience, but in the sympathizing
+spirit of the "perfect love" which "casts out fear." My heart was too
+full to thank him then for his wise forbearance and wiser confidence;
+but when after some months my sister's health made change of air to
+the house of a country relative necessary, great was my pride and
+thankfulness that I was well enough to remain at the post of duty by
+my father's side.
+
+One day, not long after our visit to William, he went again to see
+him; and when he came back I saw by the musk-plant in his hand the
+news he brought. Its flowers were lovelier than ever, but its master
+was transplanted into a heavenly garden, and he had left it to me.
+
+Mortal man does not learn any virtue in one lesson; and I have only
+too often in my life been ungrateful both to GOD and man. But
+the memory of lame William has often come across me when I have been
+tempted to grumble about small troubles; and has given me a little
+help (not to be despised) in striving after the grace of Thankfulness,
+even for a "bit of green."
+
+
+
+
+MONSIEUR THE
+VISCOUNT'S FRIEND.
+
+A TALE IN THREE CHAPTERS.
+
+ "Sweet are the vses of aduersitie
+ Which like the toad, ougly and venemous,
+ Weares yet a precious lewell in his head."
+ AS YOU LIKE IT: A.D. 1623.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+It was the year of grace 1779. In one of the most beautiful corners of
+beautiful France stood a grand old chateau. It was a fine old
+building, with countless windows large and small, with high-pitched
+roofs and pointed towers, which in good taste or bad, did its best to
+be everywhere ornamental, from the gorgon heads which frowned from its
+turrets to the long row of stables and the fantastic dovecotes. It
+stood (as became such a castle) upon an eminence, and looked down.
+Very beautiful indeed was what it looked upon. Terrace below terrace
+glowed with the most brilliant flowers, and broad flights of steps led
+from one garden to the other. On the last terrace of all, fountains
+and jets of water poured into one large basin, in which were gold and
+silver fish. Beyond this were shady walks, which led to a lake on
+which floated water-lilies and swans. From the top of the topmost
+flight of steps you could see the blazing gardens one below the other,
+the fountains and the basin, the walks and the lake, and beyond these
+the trees, and the smiling country, and the blue sky of France.
+
+Within the castle, as without, beauty reigned supreme. The sunlight,
+subdued by blinds and curtains, stole into rooms furnished with every
+grace and luxury that could be procured in a country that then
+accounted itself the most highly-civilized in the world. It fell upon
+beautiful flowers and beautiful china, upon beautiful tapestry and
+pictures; and it fell upon Madame the Viscountess, sitting at her
+embroidery. Madame the Viscountess was not young, but she was not the
+least beautiful object in those stately rooms. She had married into a
+race of nobles who (themselves famed for personal beauty) had been
+scrupulous in the choice of lovely wives. The late Viscount (for
+Madame was a widow) had been one of the handsomest of the gay
+courtiers of his day; and Madame had not been unworthy of him. Even
+now, though the roses on her cheeks were more entirely artificial than
+they had been in the days of her youth, she was like some exquisite
+piece of porcelain. Standing by the embroidery frame was Madame's only
+child, a boy who, in spite of his youth, was already Monsieur the
+Viscount. He also was beautiful. His exquisitely-cut mouth had a curl
+which was the inheritance of scornful generations, but which was
+redeemed by his soft violet eyes and by an under-lying expression of
+natural amiability. His hair was cut square across the forehead, and
+fell in natural curls behind. His childish figure had already been
+trained in the fencing school, and had gathered dignity from
+perpetually treading upon shallow steps and in lofty rooms. From the
+rosettes on his little shoes to his _chapeau a plumes_, he also was
+like some porcelain figure. Surely, such beings could not exist except
+in such a chateau as this, where the very air (unlike that breathed by
+common mortals) had in the ante-rooms a faint aristocratic odour, and
+was for yards round Madame the Viscountess dimly suggestive of
+frangipani!
+
+Monsieur the Viscount did not stay long by the embroidery frame; he
+was entertaining to-day a party of children from the estate, and had
+come for the key of an old cabinet of which he wished to display the
+treasures. When tired of this, they went out on to the terrace, and
+one of the children who had not been there before exclaimed at the
+beauty of the view.
+
+"It is true," said the little Viscount, carelessly, "and all, as far
+as you can see, is the estate."
+
+"I will throw a stone to the end of your property, Monsieur," said one
+of the boys, laughing; and he picked one off the walk, and stepping
+back, flung it with all his little strength. The stone fell before it
+had passed the fountains, and the failure was received with shouts of
+laughter.
+
+"Let us see who can beat that," they cried; and there was a general
+search for pebbles, which were flung at random among the flower beds.
+
+"One may easily throw such as those," said the Viscount, who was
+poking under the wall of the first terrace; "but here is a stone that
+one may call a stone. Who will send this into the fish-pond? It will
+make a fountain of itself."
+
+The children drew round him as, with ruffles turned back, he tugged
+and pulled at a large dirty looking stone, which was half-buried in
+the earth by the wall. "Up it comes!" said the Viscount, at length;
+and sure enough, up it came; but underneath it, his bright eyes
+shining out of his dirty wrinkled body--horror of horrors!--there lay
+a toad. Now, even in England, toads are not looked upon with much
+favour, and a party of English children would have been startled by
+such a discovery. But with French people, the dread of toads is
+ludicrous in its intensity. In France toads are believed to have
+teeth, to bite, and to spit poison; so my hero and his young guests
+must be excused for taking flight at once with a cry of dismay. On the
+next terrace, however, they paused, and seeing no signs of the enemy,
+crept slowly back again. The little Viscount (be it said) began to
+feel ashamed of himself, and led the way, with his hand upon the
+miniature sword which hung at his side. All eyes were fixed upon the
+fatal stone, when from behind it was seen slowly to push forth, first
+a dirty wrinkled leg, then half a dirty wrinkled head, with one
+gleaming eye. It was too much; with cries of, "It is he! he comes! he
+spits! he pursues us!" the young guests of the chateau fled in good
+earnest, and never stopped until they reached the fountain and the
+fish-pond.
+
+But Monsieur the Viscount stood his ground. At the sudden apparition
+the blood rushed to his heart, and made him very white, then it
+flooded back again and made him very red, and then he fairly drew his
+sword, and shouting, "_Vive la France!_" rushed upon the enemy. The
+sword if small was sharp, and stabbed the poor toad would most
+undoubtedly have been, but for a sudden check received by the valiant
+little nobleman. It came in the shape of a large heavy hand that
+seized Monsieur the Viscount with the grasp of a giant, while a voice
+which could only have belonged to the owner of such a hand said in
+slow deep tones,
+
+"_Que faites-vous?_" ("What are you doing?")
+
+It was the tutor, who had been pacing up and down the terrace with a
+book, and who now stood holding the book in his right hand, and our
+hero in his left.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount's tutor was a remarkable man. If he had not been
+so, he would hardly have been tolerated at the chateau, since he was
+not particularly beautiful, and not especially refined. He was in holy
+orders, as his tonsured head and clerical costume bore witness--a
+costume which, from its tightness and simplicity, only served to
+exaggerate the unusual proportions of his person. Monsieur the
+Preceptor had English blood in his veins, and his northern origin
+betrayed itself in his towering height and corresponding breadth, as
+well as by his fair hair and light blue eyes. But the most remarkable
+parts of his outward man were his hands, which were of immense size,
+especially about the thumbs. Monsieur the Preceptor was not exactly in
+keeping with his present abode. It was not only that he was wanting in
+the grace and beauty that reigned around him, but that his presence
+made those very graces and beauties to look small. He seemed to have a
+gift the reverse of that bestowed upon King Midas--the gold on which
+his heavy hand was laid seemed to become rubbish. In the presence of
+the late Viscount, and in that of Madame his widow, you would have
+felt fully the deep importance of your dress being _a la mode_, and
+your complexion _a la_ strawberries and cream (such influences still
+exist); but let the burly tutor appear upon the scene, and all the
+magic died at once out of brocaded silks and pearl-coloured stockings,
+and dress and complexion became subjects almost of insignificance.
+Monsieur the Preceptor was certainly a singular man to have been
+chosen as an inmate of such a household; but, though young, he had
+unusual talents, and added to them the not more usual accompaniments
+of modesty and trustworthiness. To crown all, he was rigidly pious in
+times when piety was not fashionable, and an obedient son of the
+church of which he was a minister. Moreover, a family that fashion
+does not permit to be demonstratively religious, may gain a reflected
+credit from an austere chaplain; and so Monsieur the Preceptor
+remained in the chateau and went his own way. It was this man who now
+laid hands on the Viscount, and, in a voice that sounded like amiable
+thunder, made the inquiry, "_Que faites-vous?_"
+
+"I am going to kill this animal--this hideous horrible animal," said
+Monsieur the Viscount, struggling vainly under the grasp of the tutors
+finger and thumb.
+
+"It is only a toad," said Monsieur the Preceptor, in his laconic
+tones.
+
+"_Only_ a toad, do you say, Monsieur?" said the Viscount. "That is
+enough, I think. It will bite--it will spit--it will poison: it is
+like that dragon you tell me of, that devastated Rhodes--I am the good
+knight that shall kill it."
+
+Monsieur the Preceptor laughed heartily. "You are misled by a vulgar
+error. Toads do not bite--they have no teeth; neither do they spit
+poison."
+
+"You are wrong, Monsieur," said the Viscount; "I have seen their teeth
+myself. Claude Mignon, at the lodge, has two terrible ones, which he
+keeps in his pocket as a charm."
+
+"I have seen them," said the tutor, "in Monsieur Claude's pocket. When
+he can show me similar ones in a toad's head I will believe.
+Meanwhile, I must beg of you, Monsieur, to put up your sword. You must
+not kill this poor animal, which is quite harmless, and very useful in
+a garden--it feeds upon many insects and reptiles which injure the
+plants."
+
+"It shall not be useful, in this garden," said the little Viscount,
+fretfully. "There are plenty of gardeners to destroy the insects, and,
+if needful, we can have more. But the toad shall not remain. My
+mother would faint if she saw so hideous a beast among her beautiful
+flowers."
+
+"Jacques!" roared the tutor to a gardener who was at some distance.
+Jacques started as if a clap of thunder had sounded in his ear, and
+approached with low bows. "Take that toad, Jacques, and carry it to
+the _potager_. It will keep the slugs from your cabbages."
+
+Jacques bowed low and lower, and scratched his head, and then did
+reverence again with Asiatic humility, but at the same time moved
+gradually backwards, and never even looked at the toad.
+
+"You also have seen the contents of Monsieur Claude's pocket?" said
+the tutor, significantly, and quitting his hold of the Viscount, he
+stooped down, seized the toad in his huge finger and thumb, and strode
+off in the direction of the _potager_, followed at a respectful
+distance by Jacques, who vented his awe and astonishment in alternate
+bows and exclamations at the astounding conduct of the incomprehensible
+Preceptor.
+
+"What is the use of such ugly beasts?" said the Viscount to his tutor,
+on his return from the _potager_. "Birds and butterflies are pretty,
+but what can such villains as these toads have been made for?"
+
+"You should study natural history, Monsieur--" began the priest, who
+was himself a naturalist.
+
+"That is what you always say," interrupted the Viscount, with the
+perverse folly of ignorance; "but if I knew as much as you do, it
+would not make me understand why such ugly creatures need have been
+made."
+
+"Nor," said the priest, firmly, "is it necessary that you should
+understand it, particularly if you do not care to inquire. It is
+enough for you and me if we remember Who made them, some six thousand
+years before either of us was born."
+
+With which Monsieur the Preceptor (who had all this time kept his
+place in the little book with his big thumb) returned to the terrace,
+and resumed his devotions at the point where they had been interrupted
+which exercise he continued till he was joined by the Cure of the
+village, and the two priests relaxed in the political and religious
+gossip of the day.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount rejoined his young guests, and they fed the gold
+fish and the swans, and played _Colin Maillard_ in the shady walks,
+and made a beautiful bouquet for Madame, and then fled indoors at the
+first approach of evening chill, and found that the Viscountess had
+prepared a feast of fruit and flowers for them in the great hall.
+Here, at the head of the table, with Madame at his right hand, his
+guests around, and the liveried lacqueys waiting his commands,
+Monsieur the Viscount forgot that anything had ever been made which
+could mar beauty and enjoyment; while the two priests outside stalked
+up and down under the falling twilight, and talked ugly talk of crime
+and poverty that were _somewhere_ now, and of troubles to come
+hereafter.
+
+And so night fell over the beautiful sky, the beautiful chateau, and
+the beautiful gardens; and upon the secure slumbers of beautiful
+Madame and her beautiful son, and beautiful, beautiful France.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+It was the year of grace 1792, thirteen years after the events related
+in the last chapter. It was the 2nd of September, and Sunday, a day of
+rest and peace in all Christian countries, and even more in gay,
+beautiful France--a day of festivity and merriment. This Sunday,
+however, seemed rather an exception to the general rule. There were no
+gay groups or bannered processions; the typical incense and the public
+devotion of which it is the symbol were alike wanting; the streets in
+some places seemed deserted, and in others there was an ominous crowd,
+and the dreary silence was now and then broken by a distant sound of
+yells and cries, that struck terror into the hearts of the Parisians.
+
+It was a deserted bye-street, overlooked by some shut-up warehouses,
+and from the cellar of one of these a young man crept up on to the
+pathway. His dress had once been beautiful, but it was torn and
+soiled; his face was beautiful still, but it was marred by the hideous
+eagerness of a face on which famine has laid her hand--he was
+starving. As this man came out from the warehouse, another man came
+down the street. His dress was not beautiful, neither was he. There
+was a red look about him--he wore a red flannel cap, tricolour
+ribbons, and had something red upon his hands, which was neither
+ribbon nor flannel. He also looked hungry; but it was not for food.
+The other stopped when he saw him, and pulled something from his
+pocket. It was a watch, a repeater, in a gold filigree case of
+exquisite workmanship, with raised figures depicting the loves of an
+Arcadian shepherd and shepherdess; and, as it lay on the white hand of
+its owner, it bore an evanescent fragrance that seemed to recall
+scenes as beautiful and as completely past as the days of pastoral
+perfection, when
+
+ "All the world and love were young
+ And truth in every shepherd's tongue."
+
+The young man held it to the other and spoke. "It was my mother's," he
+said, with an appealing glance of violet eyes; "I would not part with
+it but that I am starving. Will you get me food?"
+
+"You are hiding?" said he of the red cap.
+
+"Is that a crime in these days?" said the other, with a smile that
+would in other days have been irresistible.
+
+The man took the watch, shaded the donor's beautiful face with a rough
+red cap and tricolour ribbon, and bade him follow him. He, who had but
+lately come to Paris, dragged his exhausted body after his conductor,
+hardly noticed the crowds in the streets, the signs by which the man
+got free passage for them both, or their entrance by a little
+side-door into a large dark building, and never knew till he was
+delivered to one of the gaolers that he had been led into the prison
+of the Abbaye. Then the wretch tore the cap of Liberty from his
+victim's head, and pointed to him with a fierce laugh.
+
+"He wants food, this aristocrat. He shall not wait long--there is a
+feast in the court below, which he shall join presently. See to it,
+Antoine! And you, _Monsieur_, _Mons-ieur_! listen to the banqueters."
+
+He ceased, and in the silence yells and cries from a court below came
+up like some horrid answer to imprecation.
+
+The man continued--
+
+"He has paid for his admission, this Monsieur. It belonged to Madame
+his mother. Behold!"
+
+He held the watch above his head, and dashed it with insane fury on
+the ground, and, bidding the gaoler see to his prisoner, rushed away
+to the court below.
+
+The prisoner needed some attention. Weakness, and fasting, and horror
+had overpowered a delicate body and a sensitive mind, and he lay
+senseless by the shattered relic of happier times. Antoine, the gaoler
+(a weak-minded man whom circumstances had made cruel), looked at him
+with indifference while the Jacobin remained in the place, and with
+half-suppressed pity when he had gone. The place where he lay was a
+hall or passage in the prison, into which several cells opened, and a
+number of the prisoners were gathered together at one end of it. One
+of them had watched the proceedings of the Jacobin and his victim with
+profound interest, and now advanced to where the poor youth lay. He
+was a priest, and though thirteen years had passed over his head since
+we saw him in the chateau, and though toil and suffering and anxiety
+had added the traces of as many more, yet it would not have been
+difficult to recognize the towering height, the candid face, and,
+finally, the large thumb in the little book of ----, Monsieur the
+Preceptor, who had years ago exchanged his old position for a
+parochial cure. He strode up to the gaoler (whose head came a little
+above the priest's elbow), and, drawing him aside, asked, with his old
+abruptness, "Who is this?"
+
+"It is the Vicomte de B----. I know his face. He has escaped the
+commissaires for some days."
+
+"I thought so. Is his name on the registers?"
+
+"No. He escaped arrest, and has just been brought in, as you saw."
+
+"Antoine," said the priest, in a low voice, and with a gaze that
+seemed to pierce the soul of the weak little gaoler; "Antoine, when
+you were a shoemaker in the Rue de la Croix, in two or three hard
+winters I think you found me a friend."
+
+"Oh! Monsieur le Cure," said Antoine, writhing; "if Monsieur le Cure
+would believe that if I could save his life! But--"
+
+"Pshaw!" said the priest, "it is not for myself, but for this boy. You
+must save him, Antoine. Hear me, you _must_. Take him now to one of
+the lower cells and hide him. You risk nothing. His name is not on the
+prison register. He will not be called, he will not be missed; that
+fanatic will think that he has perished with the rest of us (Antoine
+shuddered, though the priest did not move a muscle) and when this mad
+fever has subsided and order is restored, he will reward you. And
+Antoine--"
+
+Here the priest pocketed his book, and somewhat awkwardly with his
+huge hands unfastened the left side of his cassock, and tore the silk
+from the lining. Monsieur le Cure's cassock seemed a cabinet of
+oddities. First he pulled from this ingenious hiding-place a crucifix,
+which he replaced; then a knot of white ribbon, which he also
+restored; and, finally, a tiny pocket or bag of what had been
+cream-coloured satin, embroidered with small bunches of heartsease,
+and which was aromatic with otto of roses. Awkwardly, and somewhat
+slowly, he drew out of this a small locket, in the centre of which was
+some unreadable legend in cabalistic-looking character, and which
+blazed with the finest diamonds. Heaven alone knows the secret of that
+gem, or the struggle with which the priest yielded it. He put it into
+Antoine's hand, talking as he did so partly to himself and partly to
+the gaoler.
+
+"We brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry
+nothing out. The diamonds are of the finest, Antoine, and will sell
+for much. The blessing of a dying priest upon you if you do kindly,
+and his curse if you do ill to this poor child, whose home was my home
+in better days. And for the locket--it is but a remembrance, and to
+remember is not difficult!"
+
+As the last observation was not addressed to Antoine, so also he did
+not hear it. He was discontentedly watching the body of the Viscount,
+whom he consented to help, but with genuine weak-mindedness consented
+ungraciously.
+
+"How am I to get him there? Monsieur le Cure sees that he cannot stand
+upon his feet."
+
+Monsieur le Cure smiled, and stooping, picked his old pupil up in his
+arms as if he had been a baby, and bore him to one of the doors.
+
+"You must come no further," said Antoine, hastily.
+
+"Ingrate!" muttered the priest in momentary anger, and then, ashamed,
+he crossed himself, and pressing the young nobleman to his bosom with
+the last gush of earthly affection that he was to feel, he kissed his
+senseless face, spoke a benediction to ears that could not hear it,
+and laid his burden down.
+
+"GOD the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, be with thee
+now and in the dread hour of death. Adieu! we shall meet hereafter."
+
+The look of pity, the yearning of rekindled love, the struggle of
+silenced memories passed from his face and left a shining
+calm--foretaste of the perpetual Light and the eternal Rest.
+
+Before he reached the other prisoners, the large thumb had found its
+old place in the little book, the lips formed the old old words; but
+it might almost have been said of him already, that "his spirit was
+with the GOD who gave it."
+
+As for Monsieur the Viscount, it was perhaps well that he was not too
+sensible of his position, for Antoine got him down the flight of stone
+steps that led to the cell by the simple process of dragging him by
+the heels. After a similar fashion he crossed the floor, and was
+deposited on a pallet; the gaoler then emptied a broken pitcher of
+water over his face, and locking the door securely, hurried back to
+his charge.
+
+When Monsieur the Viscount came to his senses he raised himself and
+looked round his new abode. It was a small stone cell; it was
+underground, with a little grated window at the top that seemed to be
+level with the court; there was a pallet--painfully pressed and
+worn--a chair, a stone on which stood a plate and broken pitcher, and
+in one corner a huge bundle of firewood which mocked a place where
+there was no fire. Stones lay scattered about, the walls were black,
+and in the far dark corners the wet oozed out and trickled slowly
+down, and lizards and other reptiles crawled up.
+
+I suppose that the first object that attracts the hopes of a new
+prisoner is the window of his cell, and to this, despite his weakness,
+Monsieur the Viscount crept. It afforded him little satisfaction. It
+was too high in the cell for him to reach it, too low in the prison to
+command any view, and was securely grated with iron. Then he examined
+the walls, but not a stone was loose. As he did so, his eye fell upon
+the floor, and he noticed that two of the stones that lay about had
+been raised up by some one and a third laid upon the top. It looked
+like child's play, and Monsieur the Viscount kicked it down, and then
+he saw that underneath it there was a pellet of paper roughly rolled
+together. Evidently it was something left by the former occupant of
+the cell for his successor. Perhaps he had begun some plan for getting
+away which he had not had time to perfect on his own account,
+Perhaps--but by this time the paper was spread out, and Monsieur the
+Viscount read the writing. The paper was old and yellow. It was the
+fly-leaf torn out of a little book, and on it was written in black
+chalk, the words--
+
+ "_Souvenez-vous du Sauveur._" (Remember the Saviour.)
+
+He turned it over, he turned it back again; there was no other mark;
+there was nothing more; and Monsieur the Viscount did not conceal from
+himself that he was disappointed. How could it be otherwise? He had
+been bred in ease and luxury, and surrounded with everything that
+could make life beautiful; while ugliness, and want, and sickness, and
+all that make life miserable, had been kept, as far as they can be
+kept, from the precincts of the beautiful chateau which was his home.
+What were the _consolations_ of religion to him? They are offered to
+those (and to those only) who need them. They were to Monsieur the
+Viscount what the Crucified Christ was to the Greeks of
+old--foolishness.
+
+He put the paper in his pocket and lay down again, feeling it the
+crowning disappointment of what he had lately suffered. Presently,
+Antoine came with some food; it was not dainty, but Monsieur the
+Viscount devoured it like a famished hound, and then made inquiries as
+to how he came and how long he had been there. When the gaoler began
+to describe him, whom he called the Cure, Monsieur the Viscount's
+attention quickened into eagerness, an eagerness deepened by the
+tender interest that always hangs round the names of those whom we
+have known in happier and younger days. The happy memories recalled by
+hearing of his old tutor seemed to blot out his present misfortunes.
+With French excitability, he laughed and wept alternately.
+
+"As burly as ever, you say? The little book? I remember it, it was
+his breviary. Ah! it is he. It is Monsieur the Preceptor, whom I have
+not seen for years. Take me to him, bring him here, let me see him!"
+
+But Monsieur the Preceptor was in Paradise.
+
+That first night of Monsieur the Viscount's imprisonment was a
+terrible one. The bitter chill of a Parisian autumn, the gnawings of
+half-satisfied hunger, the thick walls that shut out all hope of
+escape but did not exclude those fearful cries that lasted with few
+intervals throughout the night, made it like some hideous dream. At
+last the morning broke; at half-past two o'clock, some members of the
+_commune_ presented themselves in the hall of the National Assembly
+with the significant announcement:--"The prisons are empty!" and
+Antoine, who had been quaking for hours, took courage, and went with
+half a loaf of bread and a pitcher of water to the cell that was not
+"empty." He found his prisoner struggling with a knot of white ribbon,
+which he was trying to fasten in his hair. One glance at his face told
+all.
+
+"It is the fever," said Antoine; and he put down the bread and water
+and fetched an old blanket and a pillow; and that day and for many
+days, the gaoler hung above his prisoner's pallet with the tenderness
+of a woman. Was he haunted by the vision of a burly figure that had
+bent over his own sick bed in the Rue de la Croix? Did the voice
+(once so familiar in counsel and benediction!) echo still in his ears?
+
+"_The blessing of a dying priest upon you if you do well, and his
+curse if you do ill to this poor child, whose home was my home in
+better days._"
+
+Be this as it may, Antoine tended his patient with all the constancy
+compatible with keeping his presence in the prison a secret; and it
+was not till the crisis was safely past, that he began to visit the
+cell less frequently, and reassumed the harsh manners which he held to
+befit his office.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount's mind rambled much in his illness. He called
+for his mother, who had long been dead. He fancied himself in his own
+chateau. He thought that all his servants stood in a body before him,
+but that not one would move to wait on him. He thought that he had
+abundance of the most tempting food and cooling drinks, but placed
+just beyond his reach. He thought that he saw two lights like stars
+near together, which were close to the ground, and kept appearing and
+then vanishing away. In time he became more sensible; the chateau
+melted into the stern reality of his prison walls; the delicate food
+became bread and water; the servants disappeared like spectres; but in
+the empty cell, in the dark corners near the floor, he still fancied
+that he saw two sparks of light coming and going, appearing and then
+vanishing away. He watched them till his giddy head would bear it no
+longer, and he closed his eyes and slept. When he awoke he was much
+better, but when he raised himself and turned towards the
+stone--there, by the bread and the broken pitcher, sat a dirty, ugly,
+wrinkled toad, gazing at him, Monsieur the Viscount, with eyes of
+yellow fire.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount had long ago forgotten the toad which had
+alarmed his childhood; but his national dislike to that animal had not
+been lessened by years, and the toad of the prison seemed likely to
+fare no better than the toad of the chateau. He dragged himself from
+his pallet, and took up one of the large damp stones which lay about
+the floor of the cell, to throw at the intruder. He expected that when
+he approached it, the toad would crawl away, and that he could throw
+the stone after it; but to his surprise, the beast sat quite unmoved,
+looking at him with calm shining eyes, and, somehow or other, Monsieur
+the Viscount lacked strength or heart to kill it. He stood doubtful
+for a moment, and then a sudden feeling of weakness obliged him to
+drop the stone, and sit down, while tears sprang to his eyes with the
+sense of his helplessness.
+
+"Why should I kill it?" he said, bitterly. "The beast will live and
+grow fat upon this damp and loathsomeness, long after they have put
+an end to my feeble life. It shall remain. The cell is not big, but it
+is big enough for us both. However large be the rooms a man builds
+himself to live in, it needs but little space in which to die!"
+
+So Monsieur the Viscount dragged his pallet away from the toad, placed
+another stone by it, and removed the pitcher; and then, wearied with
+his efforts, lay down and slept heavily.
+
+When he awoke, on the new stone by the pitcher was the toad, staring
+full at him with topaz eyes. He lay still this time and did not move,
+for the animal showed no intention of spitting, and he was puzzled by
+its tameness.
+
+"It seems to like the sight of a man," he thought. "Is it possible
+that any former inmate of this wretched prison can have amused his
+solitude by making a pet of such a creature? and if there were such a
+man, where is he now?"
+
+Henceforward, sleeping or waking, whenever Monsieur the Viscount lay
+down upon his pallet, the toad crawled up on to the stone, and kept
+watch over him with shining lustrous eyes; but whenever there was a
+sound of the key grating in the lock, and the gaoler coming his
+rounds, away crept the toad, and was quickly lost in the dark corners
+of the room. When the man was gone, it returned to its place, and
+Monsieur the Viscount would talk to it, as he lay on his pallet.
+
+"Ah! Monsieur Crapaud," he would say, with mournful pleasantry,
+"without doubt you have had a master and a kind one; but, tell me, who
+was he, and where is he now? Was he old or young, and was it in the
+last stage of maddening loneliness that he made friends with such a
+creature as you?"
+
+Monsieur Crapaud looked very intelligent, but he made no reply, and
+Monsieur the Viscount had recourse to Antoine.
+
+"Who was in this cell before me?" he asked at the gaoler's next visit.
+
+Antoine's face clouded. "Monsieur le Cure had this room. My orders
+were that he was to be imprisoned in secret.'"
+
+Monsieur le Cure had this room. There was a revelation in those words.
+It was all explained now. The priest had always had a love for animals
+(and for ugly, common animals), which his pupil had by no means
+shared. His room at the chateau had been little less than a menagerie.
+He had even kept a glass beehive there, which communicated with a hole
+in the window through which the bees flew in and out, and he would
+stand for hours with his thumb in the breviary, watching the labours
+of his pets. And this also had been his room! This dark, damp cell.
+Here, breviary in hand, he had stood, and lain, and knelt. Here, in
+this miserable prison, he had found something to love, and on which to
+expend the rare intelligence and benevolence of his nature. Here,
+finally, in the last hours of his life, he had written on the fly-leaf
+of his prayer-book something to comfort his successor, and, "being
+dead, yet spoke" the words of consolation which he had administered in
+his lifetime. Monsieur the Viscount read that paper now with different
+feelings.
+
+There is, perhaps, no argument so strong, and no virtue that so
+commands the respect of young men, as consistency. Monsieur the
+Preceptor's lifelong counsel and example would have done less for his
+pupil than was effected by the knowledge of his consistent career, now
+that it was past. It was not the nobility of the priest's principles
+that awoke in Monsieur the Viscount a desire to imitate his religious
+example, but the fact that he had applied them to his own life, not
+only in the time of wealth, but in the time of tribulation and in the
+hour of death. All that high-strung piety--that life of prayer--those
+unswerving admonitions to consider the vanity of earthly treasures,
+and to prepare for death--which had sounded so unreal amidst the
+perfumed elegances of the chateau, came back now with a reality gained
+from experiment. The daily life of self-denial, the conversation
+garnished from Scripture and from the Fathers, had not, after all,
+been mere priestly affectations. In no symbolic manner, but literally,
+he had "watched for the coming of his Lord," and "taken up the cross
+daily;" and so, when the cross was laid on him, and when the voice
+spoke which must speak to all, "The Master is come, and calleth for
+thee," he bore the burden and obeyed the summons unmoved.
+
+_Unmoved_!--this was the fact that struck deep into the heart of
+Monsieur the Viscount, as he listened to Antoine's account of the
+Cure's imprisonment. What had astonished and overpowered his own
+undisciplined nature had not disturbed Monsieur the Preceptor. He had
+prayed in the chateau--he prayed in the prison. He had often spoken in
+the chateau of the softening and comforting influences of communion
+with the lower animals and with nature, and in the uncertainty of
+imprisonment he had tamed a toad. "None of these things had moved
+him," and, in a storm of grief and admiration, Monsieur the Viscount
+bewailed the memory of his tutor.
+
+"If he had only lived to teach me!"
+
+But he was dead, and there was nothing for Monsieur the Viscount but
+to make the most of his example. This was not so easy to follow as he
+imagined. Things seemed to be different with him to what they had
+been with Monsieur the Preceptor. He had no lofty meditations, no
+ardent prayers, and calm and peace seemed more distant than ever.
+Monsieur the Viscount met, in short, with all those difficulties that
+the soul must meet with, which, in a moment of enthusiasm, has
+resolved upon a higher and a better way of life, and in moments of
+depression is perpetually tempted to forego that resolution. His
+prison life was, however, a pretty severe discipline, and he held on
+with struggles and prayers; and so, little by little, and day by day,
+as the time of his imprisonment went by, the consolations of religion
+became a daily strength against the fretfulness of imperious temper,
+the sickness of hope deferred, and the dark suggestions of despair.
+
+The term of his imprisonment was a long one. Many prisoners came and
+went within the walls of the Abbaye, but Monsieur the Viscount still
+remained in his cell; indeed, he would have gained little by leaving
+it if he could have done so, as he would almost certainly have been
+retaken. As it was, Antoine on more than one occasion concealed him
+behind the bundles of firewood, and once or twice he narrowly escaped
+detection by less friendly officials. There were times when the
+guillotine seemed to him almost better than this long suspense: but
+while other heads passed to the block, his remained on his shoulders;
+and so weeks and even months went by. And during all this time,
+sleeping or waking, whenever he lay down upon his pallet, the toad
+crept up on to the stone, and kept watch over him with lustrous eyes.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount hardly acknowledged to himself the affection
+with which he came to regard this ugly and despicable animal. The
+greater part of his regard for it he believed to be due to its
+connection with his tutor, and the rest he set down to the score of
+his own humanity, and took credit to himself accordingly: whereas in
+truth Monsieur Crapaud was of incalculable service to his master, who
+would lie and chatter to him for hours, and almost forget his present
+discomfort in recalling past happiness, as he described the chateau,
+the gardens, the burly tutor, and beautiful Madame, or laughed over
+his childish remembrances of the toad's teeth in Claude Mignon's
+pocket; whilst Monsieur Crapaud sat well-bred and silent, with a world
+of comprehension in his fiery eyes. Whoever thinks this puerile must
+remember that my hero was a Frenchman, and a young Frenchman, with a
+prescriptive right to chatter for chattering's sake, and also that he
+had not a very highly cultivated mind of his own to converse with,
+even if the most highly cultivated intellect is ever a reliable
+resource against the terrors of solitary confinement.
+
+Foolish or wise, however, Monsieur the Viscount's attachment
+strengthened daily; and one day something happened which showed his
+pet in a new light, and afforded him fresh amusement.
+
+The prison was much infested with certain large black spiders, which
+crawled about the floor and walls; and, as Monsieur the Viscount was
+lying on his pallet, he saw one of these scramble up and over the
+stone on which sat Monsieur Crapaud. That good gentleman, whose eyes,
+till then, had been fixed as usual on his master, now turned his
+attention to the intruder. The spider, as if conscious of danger, had
+suddenly stopped still. Monsieur Crapaud gazed at it intently with his
+beautiful eyes, and bent himself slightly forward. So they remained
+for some seconds, then the spider turned round, and began suddenly to
+scramble away. At this instant Monsieur the Viscount saw his friend's
+eyes gleam with an intenser fire, his head was jerked forwards; it
+almost seemed as if something had been projected from his mouth, and
+drawn back again with the rapidity of lightning. Then Monsieur Crapaud
+resumed his position, drew in his head, and gazed mildly and sedately
+before him; _but the spider was nowhere to be seen_.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount burst into a loud laugh.
+
+"Eh, well! Monsieur," said he, "but this is not well-bred on your
+part. Who gave you leave to eat my spiders? and to bolt them in such
+an unmannerly way, moreover."
+
+In spite of this reproof Monsieur Crapaud looked in no way ashamed of
+himself, and I regret to state that henceforward (with the partial
+humaneness of mankind in general), Monsieur the Viscount amused
+himself by catching the insects (which were only too plentiful) in an
+old oyster-shell, and then setting them at liberty on the stone for
+the benefit of his friend. As for him, all appeared to be fish that
+came to his net--spiders and beetles, slugs and snails from the damp
+corners, flies, and wood-lice found on turning up the large stone,
+disappeared one after the other. The wood-lice were an especial
+amusement: when Monsieur the Viscount touched them, they shut up into
+tight little balls, and in this condition he removed them to the
+stone, and placed them like marbles in a row, Monsieur Crapaud
+watching the proceeding with rapt attention. After awhile the balls
+would slowly open and begin to crawl away; but he was a very active
+wood-louse indeed who escaped the suction of Monsieur Crapaud's
+tongue, as, his eyes glowing with eager enjoyment, he bolted one after
+another, and Monsieur the Viscount clapped his hands and applauded.
+
+The grated window was a very fine field for spiders and other insects,
+and by piling up stones on the floor, Monsieur the Viscount contrived
+to scramble up to it, and fill his friend's oyster-shell with the
+prey.
+
+One day, about a year and nine months after his first arrival at the
+prison, he climbed to the embrasure of the window, as usual,
+oyster-shell in hand. He always chose a time for this when he knew
+that the court would most probably be deserted, to avoid the danger of
+being recognized through the grating. He was, therefore, not a little
+startled at being disturbed in his capture of a fat black spider by a
+sound of something bumping against the iron bars. On looking up, he
+saw that a string was dangling before the window with something
+attached to the end of it. He drew it in, and, as he did so, he
+fancied that he heard a distant sound of voices and clapped hands, as
+if from some window above. He proceeded to examine his prize, and
+found that it was a little round pincushion of sand, such as women use
+to polish their needles with, and that, apparently, it was used as a
+make-weight to ensure the steady descent of a neat little letter that
+was tied beside it, in company with a small lead pencil. The letter
+was directed to "_The prisoner who finds this._" Monsieur the Viscount
+opened it at once. This was the letter--
+
+"_In prison, 24th Prairial, year 2_.
+
+"_Fellow-sufferer, who are you? how long have you been imprisoned? Be
+good enough to answer_."
+
+Monsieur the Viscount hesitated for a moment, and then determined to
+risk all. He tore off a bit of the paper, and with the little pencil
+hurriedly wrote this reply:--
+
+"_In secret, June 12, 1794_.
+
+"_Louis Archambaud Jean-Marie Arnaud, Vicomte de B., supposed to have
+perished in the massacres of September_, 1792. _Keep my secret. I have
+been imprisoned a year and nine months. Who are_ you? _how long have_
+you _been here_?"
+
+The letter was drawn up, and he watched anxiously for the reply. It
+came, and with it some sheets of blank paper.
+
+"_Monsieur_,--_We have the honour to reply to your inquiries, and
+thank you for your frankness. Henri Edouard Clermont, Baron de St.
+Claire. Valerie de St. Claire. We have been here but two days. Accept
+our sympathy for your misfortunes_."
+
+Four words in this note seized at once upon Monsieur the Viscount's
+interest--_Valerie de St. Claire_;--and for some reasons, which I do
+not pretend to explain, he decided that it was she who was the author
+of these epistles, and the demon of curiosity forthwith took
+possession of his mind. Who was she? was she old or young? And in
+which relation did she stand to Monsieur le Baron--that of wife, of
+sister, or of daughter? And from some equally inexplicable cause
+Monsieur the Viscount determined in his own mind that it was the
+latter. To make assurance doubly sure, however, he laid a trap to
+discover the real state of the case. He wrote a letter of thanks and
+sympathy, expressed with all the delicate chivalrous politeness of a
+nobleman of the old _regime_, and addressed it to _Madame la Baronne_.
+The plan succeeded. The next note he received contained these
+sentences:--"_I am not the Baroness. Madame my mother is, alas! dead.
+I and my father are alone. He is ill, but thanks you, Monsieur, for
+your letters, which relieve the_ ennui _of imprisonment. Are you
+alone?_"
+
+Monsieur the Viscount, as in duty bound, relieved the _ennui_ of the
+Baron's captivity by another epistle. Before answering the last
+question, he turned round involuntarily, and looked to where Monsieur
+Crapaud sat by the broken pitcher. The beautiful eyes were turned
+towards him, and Monsieur the Viscount took up his pencil, and wrote
+hastily, "_I am not alone--I have a friend._"
+
+Henceforward the oyster-shell took a long time to fill, and patience
+seemed a harder virtue than ever. Perhaps the last fact had something
+to do with the rapid decline of Monsieur the Viscount's health. He
+became paler and weaker, and more fretful. His prayers were
+accompanied by greater mental struggles, and watered with more tears.
+He was, however, most positive in his assurances to Monsieur Crapaud
+that he knew the exact nature and cause of the malady that was
+consuming him. It resulted, he said, from the noxious and unwholesome
+condition of his cell; and he would entreat Antoine to have it swept
+out. After some difficulty the gaoler consented.
+
+It was nearly a month since Monsieur the Viscount had first been
+startled by the appearance of the little pincushion. The stock of
+paper had long been exhausted. He had torn up his cambric ruffles to
+write upon, and Mademoiselle de St. Claire had made havoc of her
+pocket-handkerchiefs for the same purpose. The Viscount was feebler
+than ever, and Antoine became alarmed. The cell should be swept out
+the next morning. He would come himself, he said, and bring another
+man out of the town with him to help him, for the work was heavy, and
+he had a touch of rheumatism. The man was a stupid fellow from the
+country, who had only been a week in Paris; he had never heard of the
+Viscount, and Antoine would tell him that the prisoner was a certain
+young lawyer who had really died of fever in prison the day before.
+Monsieur the Viscount thanked him; and it was not till the next
+morning arrived, and he was expecting them every moment, that Monsieur
+the Viscount remembered the toad, and that he would without doubt be
+swept away with the rest in the general clearance. At first he thought
+that he would beg them to leave it, but some knowledge of the petty
+insults which that class of men heaped upon their prisoners made him
+feel that this would probably be only an additional reason for their
+taking the animal away. There was no place to hide it in, for they
+would go all round the room; unless--unless Monsieur the Viscount took
+it up in his hand. And this was just what he objected to do. All his
+old feelings of repugnance came back; he had not even got gloves on;
+his long white hands were bare, he could not touch a toad. It was true
+that the beast had amused him, and that he had chatted to it; but,
+after all, this was a piece of childish folly--an unmanly way, to say
+the least, of relieving the tedium of captivity. What was Monsieur
+Crapaud but a very ugly (and most people said a venomous) reptile? To
+what a folly he had been condescending! With these thoughts, Monsieur
+the Viscount steeled himself against the glances of his topaz-eyed
+friend, and when the steps of the men were heard upon the stairs, he
+did not move from the window where he had placed himself, with his
+back to the stone.
+
+The steps came nearer and nearer, Monsieur the Viscount began to
+whistle--the key was rattled in the lock, and Monsieur the Viscount
+heard a bit of bread fall, as the toad hastily descended to hide
+itself as usual in the corners. In a moment his resolution was gone;
+another second, and it would be too late. He dashed after the
+creature, picked it up, and when the men came in he was standing with
+his hands behind him, in which Monsieur Crapaud was quietly and safely
+seated.
+
+The room was swept, and Antoine was preparing to go, when the other,
+who had been eyeing the prisoner suspiciously, stopped and said with a
+sharp sneer, "Does the citizen always preserve that position?"
+
+"Not he," said the gaoler, good-naturedly. "He spends most of his time
+in bed, which saves his legs. Come along, Francois."
+
+"I shall not come," said the other, obstinately. "Let the citizen show
+me his hands."
+
+"Plague take you!" said Antoine, in a whisper. "What sulky fit
+possesses you, my comrade? Let the poor wretch alone. What wouldst
+thou with his hands? Wait a little, and thou shall have his head."
+
+"We should have few heads or prisoners either, if thou hadst the care
+of them," said Francois, sharply. "I say that the prisoner secretes
+something, and that I will see it. Show your hands, dog of an
+aristocrat!"
+
+Monsieur the Viscount set his teeth to keep himself from speaking, and
+held out his hands in silence, toad and all.
+
+Both the men started back with an exclamation, and Francois got behind
+his comrade, and swore over his shoulder.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount stood upright and still, with a smile on his
+white face. "Behold, citizen, what I secrete, and what I desire to
+keep. Behold all that I have left to secrete or to desire! There is
+nothing more."
+
+"Throw it down!" screamed Francois; "many a witch has been burnt for
+less--throw it down."
+
+The colour began to flood over Monsieur the Viscount's face; but still
+he spoke gently, and with bated breath. "If you wish me to suffer,
+citizen, let this be my witness that I have suffered. I must be very
+friendless to desire such a friend. I must be brought very low to ask
+such a favour. Let the Republic give me this."
+
+"The Republic has one safe rule for aristocrats," said the other; "she
+gives them nothing but their keep till she pays for their
+shaving--once for all. She gave one of these dogs a few rags to dress
+a wound on his back with, and he made a rope of his dressings, and let
+himself down from the window. We will have no more such games. You may
+be training the beast to spit poison at good citizens. Throw it down
+and kill it."
+
+Monsieur the Viscount made no reply. His hands had moved towards his
+breast, against which he was holding his golden-eyed friend. There are
+times in life when the brute creation contrasts favourably with the
+lords thereof, and this was one of them. It was hard to part just now.
+
+Antoine, who had been internally cursing his own folly in bringing
+such a companion into the cell, now interfered. "If you are going to
+stay here to be bitten or spit at, Francois, my friend," said he, "I
+am not. Thou art zealous, my comrade, but dull as an owl. The Republic
+is far-sighted in her wisdom beyond thy coarse ideas, and has more
+ways of taking their heads from these aristocrats than one. Dost thou
+not see?" And he tapped his forehead significantly, and looked at the
+prisoner; and so, between talking and pushing, got his sulky companion
+out of the cell, and locked the door after them.
+
+"And so, my friend--my friend!" said Monsieur the Viscount, tenderly,
+"we are safe once more; but it will not be for long, my Crapaud.
+Something tells me that I cannot much longer be overlooked. A little
+while, and I shall be gone; and thou wilt have, perchance, another
+master, when I am summoned before mine."
+
+Monsieur the Viscount's misgivings were just. Francois, on whose
+stupidity Antoine had relied, was (as is not uncommon with people
+stupid in other respects) just clever enough to be mischievous.
+Antoine's evident alarm made him suspicious, and he began to talk
+about the too-elegant-looking young lawyer who was imprisoned "in
+secret," and permitted by the gaoler to keep venomous beasts. Antoine
+was examined and committed to one of his own cells, and Monsieur the
+Viscount was summoned before the revolutionary tribunal.
+
+There was little need even for the scanty inquiry that in those days
+preceded sentence. In every line of his beautiful face, marred as it
+was by sickness and suffering--in the unconquerable dignity, which
+dirt and raggedness were powerless to hide, the fatal nobility of his
+birth and breeding were betrayed. When he returned to the ante-room,
+he did not positively know his fate; but in his mind there was a moral
+certainty that left him no hope.
+
+The room was filled with other prisoners awaiting trial; and, as he
+entered, his eyes wandered round it to see if there were any familiar
+faces. They fell upon two figures standing with their backs to him--a
+tall, fierce-looking man, who, despite his height and fierceness, had
+a restless, nervous despondency expressed in all his movements; and a
+young girl who leant on his arm as if for support, but whose steady
+quietude gave her more the air of a supporter. Without seeing their
+faces, and for no reasonable reason, Monsieur the Viscount decided
+with himself that they were the Baron and his daughter, and he begged
+the man who was conducting him for a moment's delay. The man
+consented. France was becoming sick of unmitigated carnage, and even
+the executioners sometimes indulged in pity by way of a change.
+
+As Monsieur the Viscount approached the two they turned round, and he
+saw her face--a very fair and very resolute one, with ashen hair and
+large eyes. In common with almost all the faces in that room, it was
+blanched with suffering; and, it is fair to say, in common with many
+of them, it was pervaded by a lofty calm. Monsieur the Viscount never
+for an instant doubted his own conviction; he drew near and said in a
+low voice, "Mademoiselle de St. Claire!"
+
+The Baron looked first fierce, and then alarmed. His daughter's face
+illumined; she turned her large eyes on the speaker, and said simply,
+"Monsieur le Vicomte?"
+
+The Baron apologized, commiserated, and sat down on a seat near, with
+a look of fretful despair; and his daughter and Monsieur the Viscount
+were left standing together. Monsieur the Viscount desired to say a
+great deal, and could say very little. The moments went by, and hardly
+a word had been spoken.
+
+Valerie asked if he knew his fate.
+
+"I have not heard it," he said; "but I am morally certain. There can
+be but one end in these days."
+
+She sighed. "It is the same with us. And if you must suffer, Monsieur,
+I wish that we may suffer together. It would comfort my father--and
+me."
+
+Her composure vexed him. Just, too, when he was sensible that the
+desire of life was making a few fierce struggles in his own breast.
+
+"You seem to look forward to death with great cheerfulness,
+Mademoiselle."
+
+The large eyes were raised to him with a look of surprise at the
+irritation of his tone.
+
+"I think," she said, gently, "that one does not look forward _to_, but
+_beyond_ it." She stopped and hesitated, still watching his face, and
+then spoke hurriedly and diffidently:--
+
+"Monsieur, it seems impertinent to make such suggestions to you, who
+have doubtless a full fund of consolation; but I remember, when a
+child, going to hear the preaching of a monk who was famous for his
+eloquence. He said that his text was from the Scriptures--it has been
+in my mind all to-day--'_There the wicked cease from troubling, and
+there the weary be at rest._' The man is becoming impatient. Adieu!
+Monsieur. A thousand thanks and a thousand blessings."
+
+She offered her cheek, on which there was not a ray of increased
+colour, and Monsieur the Viscount stooped and kissed it, with a thick
+mist gathering in his eyes, through which he could not see her face.
+
+"Adieu! Valerie!"
+
+"Adieu! Louis!"
+
+So they met, and so they parted; and as Monsieur the Viscount went
+back to his prison, he flattered himself that the last link was broken
+for him in the chain of earthly interests.
+
+When he reached the cell he was tired, and lay down, and in a few
+seconds a soft scrambling over the floor announced the return of
+Monsieur Crapaud from his hiding-place. With one wrinkled leg after
+another he clambered on to the stone, and Monsieur the Viscount
+started when he saw him.
+
+"Friend Crapaud! I had actually forgotten thee. I fancied I had said
+adieu for the last time;" and he gave a choked sigh, which Monsieur
+Crapaud could not be expected to understand. In about five minutes he
+sprang up suddenly. "Monsieur Crapaud, I have not long to live, and no
+time must be lost in making my will." Monsieur Crapaud was too wise to
+express any astonishment; and his master began to hunt for a
+tidy-looking stone (paper and cambric were both at an end). They were
+all rough and dirty; but necessity had made the Viscount inventive,
+and he took a couple and rubbed them together till he had polished
+both. Then he pulled out the little pencil, and for the next half hour
+composed and wrote busily. When it was done he lay down, and read it
+to his friend. This was Monsieur the Viscount's last will and
+Testament:--
+
+"_To my successor in this cell._
+
+"To you whom Providence has chosen to be the inheritor of my sorrows
+and my captivity, I desire to make another bequest. There is in this
+prison a toad. He was tamed by a man (peace to his memory!) who
+tenanted this cell before me. He has been my friend and companion for
+nearly two years of sad imprisonment. He has sat by my bedside, fed
+from my hand, and shared all my confidence. He is ugly, but he has
+beautiful eyes; he is silent, but he is attentive; he is a brute, but
+I wish the men of France were in this respect more his superiors! He
+is very faithful. May you never have a worse friend! He feeds upon
+insects, which I have been accustomed to procure for him. Be kind to
+him; he will repay it. Like other men, I bequeath what I would take
+with me if I could.
+
+"Fellow-sufferer, adieu! GOD comfort you as He has comforted
+me! The sorrows of this life are sharp but short; the joys of the next
+life are eternal. Think sometimes on him who commends his friend to
+your pity, and himself to your prayers.
+
+"This is the last will and testament of Louis Archambaud Jean-Marie
+Arnaud, Vicomte de B----."
+
+Monsieur the Viscount's last will and testament was with difficulty
+squeezed into the surface of the larger of the stones. Then he hid it
+where the priest had hidden _his_ bequest long ago, and then lay down
+to dream of Monsieur the Preceptor, and that they had met at last.
+
+The next day was one of anxious suspense. In the evening, as usual, a
+list of those who were to be guillotined next morning, was brought
+into the prison; and Monsieur the Viscount begged for a sight of it.
+It was brought to him. First on the list was Antoine! Halfway down was
+his own name, "Louis de B----," and a little lower his fascinated
+gaze fell upon names that stirred his heart with such a passion of
+regret as he had fancied it would never feel again, "Henri de St.
+Claire, Valerie de St. Claire."
+
+Her eyes seemed to shine on him from the gathering twilight, and her
+calm voice to echo in his ears. "_It has been in my mind all to-day.
+There the wicked cease from troubling, and there the weary be at
+rest._"
+
+_There_! He buried his face and prayed.
+
+He was disturbed by the unlocking of the door, and the new gaoler
+appeared with Antoine! The poor wretch seemed overpowered by terror.
+He had begged to be imprisoned for this last night with Monsieur the
+Viscount. It was only a matter of a few hours, as they were to die at
+daybreak, and his request was granted.
+
+Antoine's entrance turned the current of Monsieur the Viscount's
+thoughts. No more selfish reflections now. He must comfort this poor
+creature, of whose death he was to be the unintentional cause.
+Antoine's first anxiety was that Monsieur the Viscount should bear
+witness that the gaoler had treated him kindly, and so earned the
+blessing and not the curse of Monsieur le Cure, whose powerful
+presence seemed to haunt him still. On this score he was soon set at
+rest, and then came the old, old story. He had been but a bad man. If
+his life were to come over again, he would do differently. Did
+Monsieur the Viscount think that there was any hope?
+
+Would Monsieur the Viscount have recognized himself, could he, two
+years ago, have seen himself as he was now? Kneeling by that rough,
+uncultivated figure, and pleading with all the eloquence that he could
+master to that rough uncultivated heart, the great Truths of
+Christianity--so great and few and simple in their application to our
+needs! The violet eyes had never appealed more tenderly, the soft
+voice had never been softer than now, as he strove to explain to this
+ignorant soul, the cardinal doctrines of Faith and Repentance, and
+Charity, with an earnestness that was perhaps more effectual than his
+preaching.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount was quite as much astonished as flattered by the
+success of his instructions. The faith on which he had laid hold with
+such mortal struggles, seemed almost to "come natural" (as people say)
+to Antoine. With abundant tears he professed the deepest penitence for
+his past life, at the same time that he accepted the doctrine of the
+Atonement as a natural remedy, and never seemed to have a doubt in the
+Infinite Mercy that should cover his infinite guilt.
+
+It was all so orthodox that even if he had doubted (which he did not)
+the sincerity of the gaoler's contrition and belief, Monsieur the
+Viscount could have done nothing but envy the easy nature of Antoine's
+convictions. He forgot the difference of their respective
+capabilities!
+
+When the night was far advanced the men rose from their knees, and
+Monsieur the Viscount persuaded Antoine to lie down on his pallet, and
+when the gaoler's heavy breathing told that he was asleep, Monsieur
+the Viscount felt relieved to be alone once more--alone, except for
+Monsieur Crapaud, whose round fiery eyes were open as usual.
+
+The simplicity with which he had been obliged to explain the truths of
+Divine Love to Antoine, was of signal service to Monsieur the Viscount
+himself. It left him no excuse for those intricacies of doubt, with
+which refined minds too often torture themselves; and as he paced
+feebly up and down the cell, all the long-withheld peace for which he
+had striven since his imprisonment seemed to flood into his soul. How
+blessed--how undeservedly blessed--was his fate! Who or what was he
+that after such short, such mitigated sufferings, the crown of victory
+should be so near? The way had seemed long to come, it was short to
+look back upon, and now the golden gates were almost reached, the
+everlasting doors were open. A few more hours, and then--! and as
+Monsieur the Viscount buried his worn face in his hands, the tears
+that trickled from his fingers were literally tears of joy.
+
+He groped his way to the stone, pushed some straw close to it, and lay
+down on the ground to rest, watched by Monsieur's Crapaud's fiery
+eyes. And as he lay, faces seemed to him to rise out of the darkness,
+to take the form and features of the face of the priest, and to gaze
+at him with unutterable benediction. And in his mind, like some
+familiar piece of music, awoke the words that had been written on the
+fly-leaf of the little book; coming back, sleepily and dreamily, over
+and over again--
+
+"_Souvenez-vous du Sauveur! Souvenez-vous du Sauveur_!"
+
+(Remember the Saviour!)
+
+In that remembrance he fell asleep.
+
+Monsieur the Viscount's sleep for some hours was without a dream. Then
+it began to be disturbed by that uneasy consciousness of sleeping too
+long, which enables some people to awake at whatever hour they have
+resolved upon. At last it became intolerable, and wearied as he was,
+he awoke. It was broad daylight, and Antoine was snoring beside him.
+Surely the cart would come soon, the executions were generally at an
+early hour. But time went on, and no one came, and Antoine awoke. The
+hours of suspense passed heavily, but at last there were steps and a
+key rattled into the lock. The door opened, and the gaoler appeared
+with a jug of milk and a loaf. With a strange smile he set them down.
+
+"A good appetite to you, citizens."
+
+Antoine flew on him. "Comrade! we used to be friends. Tell me, what is
+it? Is the execution deferred?"
+
+"The execution has taken place at last," said the other,
+significantly; "_Robespierre is dead!_" and he vanished.
+
+Antoine uttered a shriek of joy. He wept, he laughed, he cut capers,
+and flinging himself at Monsieur the Viscount's feet, he kissed them
+rapturously. When he raised his eyes to Monsieur the Viscount's face,
+his transports moderated. The last shock had been too much, he seemed
+almost in a stupor. Antoine got him on to the pallet, dragged the
+blanket over him, broke the bread into the milk, and played the nurse
+once more.
+
+On that day thousands of prisoners in the city of Paris alone awoke
+from the shadow of death to the hope of life. The Reign of Terror was
+ended!
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+It was a year of Grace early in the present century.
+
+We are again in the beautiful country of beautiful France. It is the
+chateau once more. It is the same, but changed. The unapproachable
+elegance, the inviolable security, have witnessed invasion. The right
+wing of the chateau is in ruins, with traces of fire upon the
+blackened walls; while here and there, a broken statue or a roofless
+temple are sad memorials of the Revolution. Within the restored part
+of the chateau, however, all looks well. Monsieur the Viscount has
+been fortunate, and if not so rich a man as his father, has yet
+regained enough of his property to live with comfort, and, as he
+thinks, luxury. The long rooms are little less elegant than in former
+days, and Madame the present Viscountess's boudoir is a model of
+taste. Not far from it is another room, to which it forms a singular
+contrast. This room belongs to Monsieur the Viscount. It is small,
+with one window. The floor and walls are bare, and it contains no
+furniture; but on the floor is a worn-out pallet, by which lies a
+stone, and on that a broken pitcher, and in a little frame against the
+wall is preserved a crumpled bit of paper like the fly-leaf of some
+little book, on which is a half-effaced inscription, which can be
+deciphered by Monsieur the Viscount if by no one else. Above the
+window is written in large letters, a date and the word REMEMBER.
+Monsieur the Viscount is not likely to forget, but he is afraid of
+himself and of prosperity lest it should spoil him.
+
+It is evening, and Monsieur the Viscount is strolling along the
+terrace with Madame on his arm. He has only one to offer her, for
+where the other should be an empty sleeve is pinned to his breast, on
+which a bit of ribbon is stirred by the breeze. Monsieur the Viscount
+has not been idle since we saw him last; the faith that taught him to
+die, has taught him also how to live--an honourable, useful life.
+
+It is evening, and the air comes up perfumed from a bed of violets by
+which Monsieur the Viscount is kneeling. Madame (who has a fair face
+and ashen hair) stands by him with her little hand on his shoulder,
+and her large eyes upon the violets.
+
+"My friend! my friend! my friend!" It is Monsieur the Viscount's
+voice, and at the sound of it, there is a rustle among the violets
+that sends the perfume high into the air. Then from the parted leaves
+come forth first a dirty wrinkled leg, then a dirty wrinkled head with
+gleaming eyes, and Monsieur Crapaud crawls with self-satisfied dignity
+on to Monsieur the Viscount's outstretched hand.
+
+So they stay laughing and chatting, and then Monsieur the Viscount
+bids his friend good-night, and holds him towards Madame that she may
+do the same. But Madame (who did not enjoy Monsieur Crapaud's society
+in prison) cannot be induced to do more than scratch his head
+delicately with the tip of her white finger. But she respects him
+greatly, at a distance, she says. Then they go back along the terrace,
+and are met by a man-servant in Monsieur the Viscount's livery. Is it
+possible that this is Antoine, with his shock head covered with
+powder?
+
+Yes; that grating voice, which no mental change avails to subdue, is
+his, and he announces that Monsieur le Cure has arrived. It is the old
+Cure of the village (who has survived the troubles of the Revolution),
+and many are the evenings he spends at the chateau, and many the times
+in which the closing acts of a noble life are recounted to him, the
+life of his old friend whom he hopes ere long to see--of Monsieur the
+Preceptor. He is kindly welcomed by Monsieur and by Madame, and they
+pass on together into the chateau. And when Monsieur the Viscount's
+steps have ceased to echo from the terrace, Monsieur Crapaud buries
+himself once more among the violets.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Monsieur the Viscount is dead, and Madame sleeps also at his side;
+and their possessions have descended to their son.
+
+Not the least valued among them is a case with a glass front and
+sides, in which, seated upon a stone is the body of a toad stuffed
+with exquisite skill, from whose head gleam eyes of genuine topaz.
+Above it in letters of gold is a date, and this inscription:--
+
+ "MONSIEUR THE VISCOUNT'S FRIEND."
+
+ ADIEU!
+
+
+
+
+THE YEW-LANE GHOSTS
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+ "Cowards are cruel." OLD PROVERB.
+
+
+This story begins on a fine autumn afternoon when, at the end of a
+field over which the shadows of a few wayside trees were stalking like
+long thin giants, a man and a boy sat side by side upon a stile. They
+were not a happy-looking pair. The boy looked uncomfortable, because
+he wanted to get away and dared not go. The man looked uncomfortable
+also; but then no one had ever seen him look otherwise, which was the
+more strange as he never professed to have any object in life but his
+own pleasure and gratification. Not troubling himself with any
+consideration of law or principle--of his own duty or other people's
+comfort--he had consistently spent his whole time and energies in
+trying to be jolly; and though now a grown-up young man, had so far
+had every appearance of failing in the attempt. From this it will be
+seen that he was not the most estimable of characters, and we shall
+have no more to do with him than we can help; but as he must appear in
+the story, he may as well be described.
+
+If constant self-indulgence had answered as well as it should have
+done, he would have been a fine-looking young man; as it was, the
+habits of his life were fast destroying his appearance. His hair would
+have been golden if it had been kept clean. His figure was tall and
+strong; but the custom of slinking about places where he had no
+business to be, and lounging in corners where he had nothing to do,
+had given it such a hopeless slouch that for the matter of beauty he
+might almost as well have been knock-kneed. His eyes would have been
+handsome if the lids had been less red; and if he had ever looked you
+in the face, you would have seen that they were blue. His complexion
+was fair by nature and discoloured by drink. His manner was something
+between a sneak and a swagger, and he generally wore his cap
+a-one-side, carried his hands in his pockets and a short stick under
+his arm, and whistled when any one passed him. His chief
+characteristic, perhaps, was the habit he had of kicking. Indoors he
+kicked the furniture, in the road he kicked the stones, if he lounged
+against a wall he kicked it; he kicked all animals and such human
+beings as he felt sure would not kick him again.
+
+It should be said here that he had once announced his intention of
+"turning steady, and settling, and getting wed." The object of his
+choice was the prettiest girl in the village, and was as good as she
+was pretty. To say the truth, the time had been when Bessy had not
+felt unkindly towards the yellow-haired lad; but his conduct had long
+put a gulf between them, which only the conceit of a scamp would have
+attempted to pass. However, he flattered himself that he "knew what
+the lasses meant when they said no;" and on the strength of this
+knowledge he presumed far enough to elicit a rebuff so hearty and
+unmistakable that for a week he was the laughing stock of the village.
+There was no mistake this time as to what "no" meant; his admiration
+turned to a hatred almost as intense, and he went faster "to the bad"
+than ever.
+
+It was Bessy's little brother who sat by him on the stile; "Beauty
+Bill," as he was called, from the large share he possessed of the
+family good looks. The lad was one of those people who seem born to be
+favourites. He was handsome, and merry, and intelligent; and, being
+well brought up, was well-conducted and amiable--the pride and pet of
+the village. Why did Mother Muggins of the shop let the goody side of
+her scales of justice drop the lower by one lollipop for Bill than for
+any other lad, and exempt him by unwonted smiles from her general
+anathema on the urchin race? There were other honest boys in the
+parish, who paid for their treacle-sticks in sterling copper of the
+realm! The very roughs of the village were proud of him, and would
+have showed their good nature in ways little to his benefit had not
+his father kept a somewhat severe watch upon his habits and conduct.
+Indeed, good parents and a strict home counterbalanced the evils of
+popularity with Beauty Bill, and, on the whole, he was little spoilt,
+and well deserved the favour he met with. It was under cover of
+friendly patronage that his companion was now detaining him; but, all
+the circumstances considered, Bill felt more suspicious than
+gratified, and wished Bully Tom anywhere but where he was.
+
+The man threw out one leg before him like the pendulum of a clock.
+
+"Night school's opened, eh?" he inquired; and back swung the pendulum
+against Bill's shins.
+
+"Yes;" and the boy screwed his legs on one side.
+
+"You don't go, do you?"
+
+"Yes, I do," said Bill, trying not to feel ashamed of the fact,
+"Father can't spare me to the day-school now, so our Bessy persuaded
+him to let me go at nights."
+
+Bully Tom's face looked a shade darker, and the pendulum took a swing
+which it was fortunate the lad avoided; but the conversation continued
+with every appearance of civility.
+
+"You come back by Yew-lane, I suppose?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Why, there's no one lives your way but old Johnson; you must come
+back alone?"
+
+"Of course, I do," said Bill, beginning to feel vaguely uncomfortable.
+
+"It must be dark now before school looses?" was the next inquiry; and
+the boy's discomfort increased, he hardly knew why, as he answered--
+
+"There's a moon."
+
+"So there is," said Bully Tom, in a tone of polite assent; "and
+there's a weathercock on the church-steeple but I never heard of
+either of 'em coming down to help a body, whatever happened."
+
+Bill's discomfort had become alarm.
+
+"Why, what could happen?" he asked. "I don't understand you."
+
+His companion whistled, looked up in the air, and kicked vigorously,
+but said nothing. Bill was not extraordinarily brave, but he had a
+fair amount both of spirit and sense; and having a shrewd suspicion
+that Bully Tom was trying to frighten him, he almost made up his mind
+to run off then and there. Curiosity, however, and a vague alarm which
+he could not throw off, made him stay for a little more information.
+
+"I wish you'd out with it!" he exclaimed, impatiently. "What could
+happen? No one ever comes along Yew-lane; and if they did they
+wouldn't hurt me."
+
+"I know no one ever comes near it when they can help it," was the
+reply; "so, to be sure, you couldn't get set upon. And a pious lad of
+your sort wouldn't mind no other kind. Not like ghosts, or anything of
+that."
+
+And Bully Tom looked round at his companion; a fact disagreeable from
+its rarity.
+
+"I don't believe in ghosts," said Bill, stoutly.
+
+"Of course you don't," sneered his tormentor; "you're too well
+educated. Some people does, though. I suppose them that has seen them
+does. Some people thinks that murdered men walk. P'raps some people
+thinks the man as was murdered in Yew-lane walks."
+
+"What man?" gasped Bill, feeling very chilly down the spine.
+
+"Him that was riding by the cross-roads and dragged into Yew-lane, and
+his head cut off and never found, and his body buried in the
+churchyard," said Bully Tom, with a rush of superior information;
+"and all I know is, if I thought he walked in Yew-lane, or any other
+lane, I wouldn't go within five mile of it after dusk--that's all. But
+then I'm not book-larned."
+
+The two last statements were true if nothing else was that the man had
+said; and after holding up his feet and examining his boots with his
+head a-one-side, as if considering their probable efficiency against
+flesh and blood, he slid from his perch, and "loafed" slowly up the
+street, whistling and kicking the stones as he went along. As to
+Beauty Bill, he fled home as fast as his legs would carry him. By the
+door stood Bessy, washing some clothes; who turned her pretty face as
+he came up.
+
+"You're late, Bill," she said. "Go in and get your tea, it's set out.
+It's night-school night, thou knows, and Master Arthur always likes
+his class to time." He lingered, and she continued--"John Gardener was
+down this afternoon about some potatoes, and he says Master Arthur is
+expecting a friend."
+
+Bill did not heed this piece of news, any more than the slight flush
+on his sister's face as she delivered it; he was wondering whether
+what Bully Tom said was mere invention to frighten him, or whether
+there was any truth in it.
+
+"Bessy!" he said, "was there a man ever murdered in Yew-lane?"
+
+Bessy was occupied with her own thoughts, and did not notice the
+anxiety of the question.
+
+"I believe there was," she answered carelessly, "somewhere about
+there. It's a hundred years ago or more. There's an old gravestone
+over him in the churchyard by the wall, with an odd verse on it. They
+say the parish clerk wrote it. But get your tea, or you'll be late,
+and father'll be angry;" and Bessy took up her tub and departed.
+
+Poor Bill! Then it was too true. He began to pull up his trousers and
+look at his grazed legs; and the thoughts of his aching shins, Bully
+Tom's cruelty, the unavoidable night-school, and the possible ghost,
+were too much for him, and he burst into tears.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+ "There are birds out on the bushes,
+ In the meadows lies the lamb,
+ How I wonder if they're ever
+ Half as frightened as I am?"
+
+C.F. ALEXANDER.
+
+
+The night-school was drawing to a close. The attendance had been good,
+and the room looked cheerful. In one corner the Rector was teaching a
+group of grown-up men, who (better late than never) were zealously
+learning to read; in another the schoolmaster was flourishing his
+stick before a map as he concluded his lesson in geography. By the
+fire sat Master Arthur, the Rector's son, surrounded by his class, and
+in front of him stood Beauty Bill. Master Arthur was very popular with
+the people, especially with his pupils. The boys were anxious to get
+into his class, and loath to leave it. They admired his great height,
+his merry laugh, the variety of walking-sticks he brought with him,
+and his very funny way of explaining pictures. He was not a very
+methodical teacher, and was rather apt to give unexpected lessons on
+subjects in which he happened just then to be interested himself; but
+he had a clear simple way of explaining anything, which impressed it
+on the memory, and he took a great deal of pains in his own way. Bill
+was especially devoted to him. He often wished that Master Arthur
+could get very rich, and take him for his man-servant; he thought he
+should like to brush his clothes and take care of his sticks. He had a
+great interest in the growth of his moustache and whiskers. For some
+time past Master Arthur had had a trick of pulling at his upper lip
+whilst he was teaching; which occasionally provoked a whisper of
+"Moostarch, guvernor!" between two unruly members of his class; but
+never till to-night had Bill seen anything in that line which
+answered his expectations. Now, however, as he stood before the young
+gentleman, the fire-light fell on such a distinct growth of hair, that
+Bill's interest became absorbed to the exclusion of all but the most
+perfunctory attention to the lesson on hand. Would Master Arthur grow
+a beard? Would his moustache be short like the pictures of Prince
+Albert, or long and pointed like that of some other great man whose
+portrait he had seen in the papers? He was calculating on the probable
+effect of either style, when the order was given to put away books,
+and then the thought which had been for a time diverted came back
+again--his walk home.
+
+Poor Bill! his fears returned with double force from having been for
+awhile forgotten. He dawdled over the books, he hunted in wrong places
+for his cap and comforter, he lingered till the last boy had clattered
+through the doorway, and left him with a group of elders who closed
+the proceedings and locked up the school. But after this further delay
+was impossible. The whole party moved out into the moonlight, and the
+Rector and his son, the schoolmaster and the teachers, commenced, a
+sedate parish gossip, whilst Bill trotted behind, wondering whether
+any possible or impossible business would take one of them his way.
+But when the turning point was reached, the Rector destroyed all his
+hopes.
+
+"None of us go your way, I think," said he, as lightly as if there
+were no grievance in the case; "however, it's not far. Good-night, my
+boy!"
+
+And so with a volley of good-nights, the cheerful voices passed on up
+the village. Bill stood till they had quite died away, and then when
+all was silent, he turned into the lane.
+
+The cold night-wind crept into his ears, and made uncomfortable noises
+among the trees, and blew clouds over the face of the moon. He almost
+wished that there were no moon. The shifting shadows under his feet,
+and the sudden patches of light on unexpected objects, startled him,
+and he thought he should have felt less frightened if it had been
+quite dark. Once he ran for a bit, then he resolved to be brave, then
+to be reasonable; he repeated scraps of lessons, hymns, and last
+Sunday's Collect, to divert and compose his mind; and as this plan
+seemed to answer, he determined to go through the Catechism, both
+question and answer, which he hoped might carry him to the end of his
+unpleasant journey. He had just asked himself a question with
+considerable dignity, and was about to reply, when a sudden gleam of
+moonlight lit up a round object in the ditch. Bill's heart seemed to
+grow cold, and he thought his senses would have forsaken him. Could
+this be the head of ----? No! on nearer inspection it proved to be
+only a turnip; and when one came to think of it, that would have been
+rather a conspicuous place for the murdered man's skull to have been
+lost in for so many years.
+
+My hero must not be ridiculed too much for his fears. The terrors that
+visit childhood are not the less real and overpowering from being
+unreasonable; and to excite them is wanton cruelty. Moreover, he was
+but a little lad, and had been up and down Yew-lane both in daylight
+and dark without any fears, till Bully Tom's tormenting suggestions
+had alarmed him. Even now, as he reached the avenue of yews from which
+the lane took its name, and passed into their gloomy shade, he tried
+to be brave. He tried to think of the good GOD Who takes care of His
+children, and to Whom the darkness and the light are both alike. He
+thought of all he had been taught about angels, and wondered if one
+were near him now, and wished that he could see him, as Abraham and
+other good people had seen angels. In short, the poor lad did his best
+to apply what he had been taught to the present emergency, and very
+likely had he not done so he would have been worse; but as it was, he
+was not a little frightened, as we shall see.
+
+Yew-lane--cool and dark when the hottest sunshine lay beyond it--a
+loitering place for lovers--the dearly-loved play-place of
+generations of children on sultry summer days--looked very grim and
+vault-like, with narrow streaks of moonlight peeping in at rare
+intervals to make the darkness to be felt! Moreover, it was really
+damp and cold, which is not favourable to courage. At a certain point
+Yew-lane skirted a corner of the churchyard, and was itself crossed by
+another road, thus forming a "four-want-way," where suicides were
+buried in times past. This road was the old high-road, where the mail
+coach ran, and along which, on such a night as this, a hundred years
+ago, a horseman rode his last ride. As he passed the church on his
+fatal journey did anything warn him how soon his headless body would
+be buried beneath its shadow? Bill wondered. He wondered if he were
+old or young--what sort of a horse he rode--whose cruel hands dragged
+him into the shadow of the yews and slew him, and where his head was
+hidden, and why. Did the church look just the same, and the moon shine
+just as brightly, that night a century ago? Bully Tom was right. The
+weathercock and moon sit still, whatever happens. The boy watched the
+gleaming high road as it lay beyond the dark aisle of trees, till he
+fancied he could hear the footfalls of the solitary horse--and yet,
+no! The sound was not upon the hard road, but nearer; it was not the
+clatter of hoofs, but something--and a rustle--and then Bill's blood
+seemed to freeze in his veins, as he saw a white figure, wrapped in
+what seemed to be a shroud, glide out of the shadow of the yews and
+move slowly down the lane. When it reached the road it paused, raised
+a long arm warningly towards him for a moment, and then vanished in
+the direction of the churchyard.
+
+What would have been the consequence of the intense fright the poor
+lad experienced is more than anyone can say, if at that moment the
+church clock had not begun to strike nine. The familiar sound, close
+in his ears, roused him from the first shock, and before it had ceased
+he contrived to make a desperate rally of his courage, flew over the
+road, and crossed the two fields that now lay between him and home
+without looking behind him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+ "It was to her a real _grief of heart_, acute, as children's
+ sorrows often are.
+
+ "We beheld this from the opposite windows--and, seen thus
+ from a little distance, how many of our own and of other
+ people's sorrows might not seem equally trivial, and equally
+ deserving of ridicule!"
+
+HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN.
+
+
+When Bill got home he found the household busy with a much more
+practical subject than that of ghosts and haunted yew-trees. Bessy
+was ill. She had felt a pain in her side all the day, which towards
+night had become so violent that the doctor was sent for, who had
+pronounced it pleurisy, and had sent her to bed. He was just coming
+downstairs as Bill burst into the house. The mother was too much
+occupied about her daughter to notice the lad's condition; but the
+doctor's sharp eyes saw that something was amiss, and he at once
+inquired what it was. Bill hammered and stammered, and stopped short.
+The doctor was such a tall, stout, comfortable-looking man, he looked
+as if he couldn't believe in ghosts. A slight frown, however, had come
+over his comfortable face, and he laid two fingers on Bill's wrist as
+he repeated his question.
+
+"Please, sir," said Bill, "I've seen--"
+
+"A mad dog?" suggested the doctor.
+
+"No, sir."
+
+"A mad bull?"
+
+"No, sir," said Bill, desperately, "I've seen a ghost."
+
+The doctor exploded into a fit of laughter, and looked more
+comfortable than ever.
+
+"And _where_ did we see the ghost?" he inquired, in a professional
+voice, as he took up his coat-tails and warmed himself at the fire.
+
+"In Yew-lane, sir; and I'm sure I did see it," said Bill, half
+crying; "it was all in white, and beckoned me."
+
+"That's to say you saw a white gravestone, or a tree in the moonlight,
+or one of your classmates dressed up in a table-cloth. It was all
+moonshine, depend upon it," said the doctor, with a chuckle at his own
+joke; "take my advice, my boy, and don't give way to foolish fancies."
+
+At this point the mother spoke--
+
+"If his father knew, sir, as he'd got any such fads in his head, he'd
+soon flog 'em out of him."
+
+"His father is a very good one," said the doctor; "a little too fond
+of the stick, perhaps. There," he added, good-naturedly, slipping
+sixpence into Bill's hand, "get a new knife, my boy, and cut a good
+thick stick, and the next ghost you meet, lay hold of him and let him
+taste it."
+
+Bill tried to thank him, but somehow his voice was choked, and the
+doctor turned to his mother.
+
+"The boy has been frightened," he said, "and is upset. Give him some
+supper, and put him to bed." And the good gentleman departed.
+
+Bill was duly feasted and sent to rest. His mother did not mention the
+matter to her husband, as she knew he would be angry; and occupied
+with real anxiety for her daughter, she soon forgot it herself.
+Consequently, the next night-school night she sent Bill to "clean
+himself," hurried on his tea, and packed him off, just as if nothing
+had happened.
+
+The boy's feelings since the night of the apparition had not been
+enviable. He could neither eat nor sleep. As he lay in bed at night,
+he kept his face covered with the clothes, dreading that if he peeped
+out into the room the phantom of the murdered horseman would beckon to
+him from the dark corners. Lying so till the dawn broke and the cocks
+began to crow, he would then look cautiously forth, and seeing by the
+grey light that the corners were empty, and that the figure by the
+door was not the Yew-lane Ghost, but his mother's faded print dress
+hanging on a nail, would drop his head and fall wearily asleep. The
+day was no better, for each hour brought him nearer to the next night
+school; and Bessy's illness made his mother so busy, that he never
+could find the right moment to ask her sympathy for his fears, and
+still less could he feel himself able to overcome them. And so the
+night-school came round again, and there he sat, gulping down a few
+mouthfuls of food, and wondering how he should begin to tell his
+mother that he neither dare, could, nor would, go down Yew-lane again
+at night. He had just opened his lips when the father came in, and
+asked in a loud voice "Why Bill was not off." This effectually put a
+stop to any confidences, and the boy ran out of the house. Not,
+however, to school. He made one or two desperate efforts at
+determination, and then gave up altogether. He _could_ not go!
+
+He was wondering what he should do with himself, when it struck him
+that he would go whilst it was daylight and look for the grave with
+the odd verse of which Bessy had spoken. He had no difficulty in
+finding it. It was marked by a large ugly stone, on which the
+inscription was green and in some places almost effaced.
+
+ SACRED TO THE MEMORY
+
+ OF
+
+ EPHRAIM GARNETT--
+
+He had read so far when a voice close by him said--
+
+"You'll be late for school, young chap."
+
+Bill looked up, and to his horror beheld Bully Tom standing in the
+road and kicking the churchyard wall.
+
+"Aren't you going?" he asked, as Bill did not speak.
+
+"Not to-night," said Bill, with crimson cheeks.
+
+"Larking, eh?" said Bully Tom. "My eyes, won't your father give it
+you!" and he began to move off.
+
+"Stop!" shouted Bill in an agony; "don't tell him, Tom. That would be
+a dirty trick. I'll go next time, I will indeed; I can't go to-night.
+I'm not larking, I'm scared. You won't tell?"
+
+"Not this time, maybe," was the reply; "but I wouldn't be in your
+shoes if you play this game next night;" and off he went.
+
+Bill thought it well to quit the churchyard at once for some place
+where he was not likely to be seen; he had never played truant before,
+and for the next hour or two was thoroughly miserable as he slunk
+about the premises of a neighbouring farm, and finally took refuge in
+a shed, and began to consider his position. He would remain hidden
+till nine o'clock, and then go home. If nothing were said, well and
+good; unless some accident should afterwards betray him. But if his
+mother asked any questions about the school? He dared not, and he
+would not, tell a lie; and yet what would be the result of the truth
+coming out? There could be no doubt that his father would beat him.
+Bill thought again, and decided that he could bear a thrashing, but
+not the sight of the Yew-lane Ghost; so he remained where he was,
+wondering how it would be, and how he should get over the next
+school-night when it came. The prospect was so hopeless, and the poor
+lad so wearied with anxiety and wakeful nights, that he was almost
+asleep when he was startled by the church clock striking nine; and,
+jumping up, he ran home. His heart beat heavily as he crossed the
+threshold; but his mother was still absorbed by thoughts of Bessy, and
+he went to bed unquestioned. The next day too passed over without any
+awkward remarks, which was very satisfactory; but then night-school
+day came again, and Bill felt that he was in a worse position than
+ever. He had played truant once with success; but he was aware that it
+would not do a second time. Bully Tom was spiteful, and Master Arthur
+might come to "look up" his recreant pupil, and then Bill's father
+would know all.
+
+On the morning of the much-dreaded day, his mother sent him up to the
+Rectory to fetch some little delicacy that had been promised for
+Bessy's dinner. He generally found it rather amusing to go there. He
+liked to peep at the pretty garden, to look out for Master Arthur, and
+to sit in the kitchen and watch the cook, and wonder what she did with
+all the dishes and bright things that decorated the walls. To-day all
+was quite different. He avoided the gardens, he was afraid of being
+seen by his teacher, and though cook had an unusual display of pots
+and pans in operation, he sat in the corner of the kitchen indifferent
+to everything but the thought of the Yew-lane Ghost. The dinner for
+Bessy was put between two saucers, and as cook gave it into his hands
+she asked kindly after his sister, and added--
+
+"You don't look over-well yourself, lad! What's amiss?"
+
+Bill answered that he was quite well, and hurried out of the house to
+avoid further inquiries. He was becoming afraid of everyone! As he
+passed the garden he thought of the gardener, and wondered if he would
+help him. He was very young and very good-natured; he had taken of
+late to coming to see Bessy, and Bill had his own ideas upon that
+point; finally, he had a small class at the night-school. Bill
+wondered whether if he screwed up his courage to-night to go, John
+Gardener would walk back with him for the pleasure of hearing the
+latest accounts of Bessy. But all hopes of this sort were cut off by
+Master Arthur's voice shouting to him from the garden--
+
+"Hi, there! I want you, Willie! Come here, I say."
+
+Bill ran through the evergreens, and there among the flower-beds in
+the sunshine he saw--first, John Gardener driving a mowing-machine
+over the velvety grass under Master Arthur's very nose, so there was
+no getting a private interview with him. Secondly, Master Arthur
+himself, sitting on the ground with his terrier in his lap, directing
+the proceedings by means of a donkey-headed stick with elaborately
+carved ears; and thirdly, Master Arthur's friend.
+
+Now little bits of gossip will fly; and it had been heard in the
+dining-room, and conveyed by the parlour-maid to the kitchen, and
+passed from the kitchen into the village, that Master Arthur's friend
+was a very clever young gentleman; consequently Beauty Bill had been
+very anxious to see him. As, however, the clever young gentleman was
+lying on his back on the grass, with his hat flattened over his face
+to keep out the sun, and an open book lying on its face upon his
+waistcoat to keep the place, and otherwise quite immovable, and very
+like other young gentlemen, Bill did not feel much the wiser for
+looking at him. He had a better view of him soon, however, for Master
+Arthur began to poke his friend's legs with the donkey-headed stick,
+and to exhort him to get up.
+
+"Hi! Bartram, get up! Here's my prime pupil. See what we can turn out.
+You may examine him if you like. Willie: this gentleman is a very
+clever gentleman, so you must keep your wits about you. _He'll_ put
+questions to you, I can tell you! There's as much difference between
+his head and mine, as between mine and the head of this stick." And
+Master Arthur flourished his "one-legged donkey," as he called it, in
+the air, and added, "Bartram! you lazy lout! _will_ you get up and
+take an interest in my humble efforts for the good of my
+fellow-creatures?"
+
+Thus adjured, Mr. Bartram sat up with a jerk which threw his book on
+to his boots, and his hat after it, and looked at Bill. Now Bill and
+the gardener had both been grinning, as they always did at Master
+Arthur's funny speeches, but when Bill found the clever gentleman
+looking at him, he straightened his face very quickly. The gentleman
+was not at all like his friend ("nothing near so handsome," Bill
+reported at home), and he had such a large prominent forehead that he
+looked as if he were bald. When he sat up, he suddenly screwed up his
+eyes in a very peculiar way, pulled out a double gold eye-glass, fixed
+it on his nose, and stared through it for a second; after which his
+eyes unexpectedly opened to their full extent (they were not small
+ones), and took a sharp survey of Bill over the top of his spectacles;
+and this ended, he lay back on his elbow without speaking. Bill then
+and there decided that Mr. Bartram was very proud, rather mad, and the
+most disagreeable gentleman he ever saw; and he felt sure could see as
+well as he (Bill) could, and only wore spectacles out of a peculiar
+kind of pride and vain-glory which he could not exactly specify.
+Master Arthur seemed to think, at any rate, that he was not very
+civil, and began at once to talk to the boy himself.
+
+"Why were you not at school last time, Willie? couldn't your mother
+spare you?"
+
+"Yes, Sir."
+
+"Then why didn't you come?" said Master Arthur, in evident
+astonishment.
+
+Poor Bill! He stammered as he had stammered before the doctor, and
+finally gasped--
+
+"Please, Sir, I was scared."
+
+"Scared? What of?"
+
+"Ghosts," murmured Bill in a very ghostly whisper. Mr. Bartram raised
+himself a little. Master Arthur seemed confounded.
+
+"Why, you little goose! How is it you never were afraid before?"
+
+"Please, Sir, I saw one the other night."
+
+Mr. Bartram took another look over the top of his eye-glass and sat
+bolt upright, and John Gardener stayed his machine and listened, while
+poor Bill told the whole story of the Yew-lane Ghost.
+
+When it was finished, the gardener, who was behind Master Arthur,
+said--
+
+"I've heard something of this, Sir, in the village," and then added
+more which Bill could not hear.
+
+"Eh, what?" said Master Arthur. "Willie, take the machine and drive
+about the garden a-bit wherever you like. Now, John."
+
+Willie did not at all like being sent away at this interesting point.
+Another time he would have enjoyed driving over the short grass, and
+seeing it jump up like a little green fountain in front of him; but
+now his whole mind was absorbed by the few words he caught at
+intervals of the conversation going on between John and the young
+gentlemen. What could it mean? Mr. Bartram seemed to have awakened to
+extraordinary energy, and was talking rapidly. Bill heard the words
+"lime-light" and "large sheet," and thought they must be planning a
+magic-lantern exhibition, but was puzzled by catching the word
+"turnip." At last, as he was rounding the corner of a bed of
+geraniums, he distinctly heard Mr. Bartram ask--
+
+"They cut the man's head off, didn't they?"
+
+Then they were talking about the ghost, after all! Bill gave the
+machine a jerk, and to his dismay sliced a branch off one of the
+geraniums. What was to be done? He must tell Master Arthur, but he
+could not interrupt him just now; so on he drove, feeling very much
+dispirited, and by no means cheered by hearing shouts of laughter from
+the party on the grass. When one is puzzled and out of spirits, it is
+no consolation to hear other people laughing over a private joke;
+moreover, Bill felt that if they were still on the subject of the
+murdered man and his ghost, their merriment was very unsuitable.
+Whatever was going on, it was quite evident that Mr. Bartram was the
+leading spirit of it, for Bill could see Master Arthur waving the one
+legged donkey in an ecstasy, as he clapped his friend on the back till
+the eye-glass danced upon his nose. At last Mr. Bartram threw himself
+back as if closing a discussion, and said loud enough for Bill to
+hear--
+
+"You never heard of a bully who wasn't a coward."
+
+Bill thought of Bully Tom, and how he had said he dared not risk the
+chance of meeting with a ghost, and began to think that this was a
+clever young gentleman, after all. Just then Master Arthur called to
+him; and he took the bit of broken geranium and went.
+
+"Oh, Willie!" said Master Arthur, "we've been talking over your
+misfortunes--geranium? fiddle-sticks! put it in your button-hole--your
+misfortunes, I say, and for to-night at any rate we intend to help you
+out of them. John--ahem!--will be--ahem!--engaged to-night, and unable
+to take his class as usual; but this gentleman has kindly consented to
+fill his place ("Hear, hear," said the gentleman alluded to), and if
+you'll come to-night, like a good lad, he and I will walk back with
+you; so if you do see the ghost, it will be in good company. But,
+mind, this is on one condition. You must not say anything about
+it--about our walking back with you, I mean--to anybody. Say nothing;
+but get ready and come to school as usual. You understand?"
+
+"Yes, Sir," said Bill; "and I'm very much obliged to you, Sir, and the
+other gentleman as well."
+
+Nothing more was said, so Bill made his best bow and retired. As he
+went he heard Master Arthur say to the gardener--
+
+"Then you'll go to the town at once, John. We shall want the things as
+soon as possible. You'd better take the pony, and we'll have the list
+ready for you."
+
+Bill heard no more words; but as he left the grounds the laughter of
+the young gentlemen rang out into the road.
+
+What did it all mean?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+ "The night was now pitmirk; the wind soughed amid the
+ headstones and railings of the gentry (for we all must die),
+ and the black corbies in the steeple-holes cackled and
+ crawed in a fearsome manner."
+
+ MANSIE WAUGH.
+
+
+Bill was early at the night-school. No other of his class had arrived,
+so he took the corner by the fire sacred to first-comers, and watched
+the gradual gathering of the school. Presently Master Arthur appeared,
+and close behind him came his friend. Mr. Bartram Lindsay looked more
+attractive now than he had done in the garden. When standing, he was
+an elegant though plain-looking young man, neat in his dress, and with
+an admirable figure. He was apt to stand very still and silent for a
+length of time, and had a habit of holding his chin up in the air,
+which led some people to say that he "held himself very high." This
+was the opinion that Bill had formed, and he was rather alarmed by
+hearing Master Arthur pressing his friend to take his class instead of
+the more backward one, over which the gardener usually presided; and
+he was proportionably relieved when Mr. Bartram steadily declined.
+
+"To say the truth, Bartram," said the young gentleman, "I am much
+obliged to you, for I am used to my own boys, and prefer them."
+
+Then up came the schoolmaster.
+
+"Mr. Lindsay going to take John's class? Thank you, Sir. I've put out
+the books; if you want anything else, Sir, p'raps you'll mention it.
+When they have done reading, perhaps, Sir, you will kindly draft them
+off for writing, and take the upper classes in arithmetic, if you
+don't object, Sir."
+
+Mr. Lindsay did not object.
+
+"If you have a picture or two," he said. "Thank you. Know their
+letters? All right. Different stages of progression. Very good. I've
+no doubt we shall get on together."
+
+"Between ourselves, Bartram," whispered Master Arthur into his
+friend's ear, "the class is composed of boys who ought to have been to
+school, and haven't; or who have been, and are none the better for it.
+Some of them can what they call 'read in the Testament,' and all of
+them confound b and d when they meet with them. They are at one point
+of general information--namely, they all know what you have just told
+them, and will none of them know it by next time. I call it the
+rag-tag and bob-tail class. John says they are like forced tulips.
+They won't blossom simultaneously. He can't get them all to one
+standard of reading."
+
+Mr. Lindsay laughed and said--
+
+"He had better read less, and try a little general oral instruction.
+Perhaps they don't remember because they can't understand;"--and the
+Rector coming in at that moment, the business of the evening
+commenced.
+
+Having afterwards to cross the school for something, Bill passed the
+new teacher and his class, and came to the conclusion that they did
+"get on together," and very well too. The rag-tag and bob-tail shone
+that night, and afterwards were loud in praises of the lesson. "It was
+so clear," and "He was so patient." Indeed, patience was one great
+secret of Mr. Lindsay's teaching; he waited so long for an answer that
+he generally got it. His pupils were obliged to exert themselves when
+there was no hope of being passed over, and everybody was waiting.
+Finally, Bill's share of the arithmetic lesson converted him to Master
+Arthur's friend. He _was_ a clever young gentleman, and a kind one
+too.
+
+The lesson had been so interesting--the clever young gentleman,
+standing (without his eye-glass) by the blackboard, had been so strict
+and yet so entertaining, was so obviously competent, and so pleasantly
+kind, that Bill, who liked arithmetic, and (like all intelligent
+children) appreciated good teaching, had had no time to think of the
+Yew-lane Ghost till the lesson was ended. It was not till the hymn
+began (they always ended the night-school with singing), then he
+remembered it. Then, while he was shouting with all his might Bishop
+Ken's glorious old lines--
+
+ "Keep me, oh keep me, King of kings,"
+
+he caught Mr. Lindsay's eyes fixed on him, and back came the thoughts
+of his terrible fright, with a little shame too at his own timidity.
+Which of us trusts as we should do in the "defence of the Most High?"
+
+Bill lingered as he had done the last time, and went out with the
+"grown-ups." It had been raining, and the ground was wet and sludgy,
+though it was fair overhead. The wind was cold, too, and Mr. Lindsay
+began to cough so violently, that Bill felt rather ashamed of taking
+him so far out of his way, through the damp chilly lane, and began to
+wonder whether he could not summon up courage to go alone. The result
+was, that with some effort he said--
+
+"Please, Mr. Lindsay, Sir, I think you won't like to come so far this
+cold night. I'll try and manage, if you like."
+
+Mr. Lindsay laid one hand on Bill's shoulder, and said quietly--
+
+"No, thank you, my boy, we'll come with you, Thank you, all the same."
+
+"Nevertheless, Bartram," said Master Arthur, "I wish you could keep
+that cough of yours quiet--it will spoil everything. A boy was eating
+peppermints in the shade of his copy-book this very night. I did box
+his ears; but I wish I had seized the goodies, they might have kept
+you quiet."
+
+"Thank you," was the reply, "I abhor peppermint; but I have got some
+lozenges, if that will satisfy you. And when I smell ghosts, I can
+smother myself in my pocket-handkerchief."
+
+Master Arthur laughed boisterously.
+
+"We shall smell one if brimstone will do it. I hope he won't set
+himself on fire, or the scenic effect will be stronger than we
+bargained for."
+
+This was the beginning of a desultory conversation carried on at
+intervals between the two young gentlemen, of which, though Bill heard
+every sentence, he couldn't understand one. He made one effort to
+discover what Master Arthur was alluding to, but with no satisfactory
+result, as we shall see.
+
+"Please, Master Arthur," he said desperately, "you don't think
+there'll be two ghosts, do you, Sir?"
+
+"I should say," said Master Arthur, so slowly and with such gravity
+that Bill felt sure he was making fun of him, "I should say, Bill,
+that if a place is haunted at all there is no limit to the number of
+ghosts--fifty quite as likely as one. What do you say, Bartram?"
+
+"Quite so," said Bartram.
+
+Bill made no further attempts to understand the mystery. He listened,
+but only grew more and more bewildered at the dark hints he heard, and
+never understood what it all meant until the end came; when (as is not
+uncommon) he wondered how he could have been so stupid, and why he had
+not seen it all from the very first.
+
+They had now reached the turning-point, and as they passed into the
+dark lane, where the wind was shuddering and shivering among the
+trees, Bill shuddered and shivered too, and felt very glad that the
+young gentlemen were with him, after all.
+
+Mr. Lindsay pulled out his watch.
+
+"Well?" said his friend.
+
+"Ten minutes to nine."
+
+Then they walked on in silence, Master Arthur with one arm through his
+friend's, and the one-legged donkey under the other; and Mr. Lindsay
+with his hand on Bill's shoulder.
+
+"I _should_ like a pipe!" said Master Arthur presently; "it's so
+abominably damp."
+
+"What a fellow you are," said Mr. Lindsay. "Out of the question! With
+the wind setting down the lane too! you talk of my cough--which is
+better, by-the-bye."
+
+"What a fellow _you_ are!" retorted the other. "Bartram, you are the
+oddest creature I know. What ever you take up, you do drive at so. Now
+I have hardly got a lark afloat before I'm sick of it. I wish you'd
+tell me two things--first, why are you so grave to-night? and,
+secondly, what made you take up our young friend's cause so warmly?"
+
+"One answer will serve both questions," said Mr. Lindsay. "The truth
+is, old fellow, our young friend--[and Bill felt certain that the
+'young friend' was himself]--has a look of a little chap I was chum
+with at school--Regy Gordon. I don't talk about it often, for I can't
+very well; but he was killed--think of it, man!--_killed_ by such a
+piece of bullying as this! When they found him, he was quite stiff and
+speechless; he lived a few hours, but he only said two words--my name,
+and amen."
+
+"Amen?" said Master Arthur, inquiringly.
+
+"Well, you see when the surgeon said it was no go, they telegraphed
+for his friends; but they were a long way off, and he was sinking
+rapidly; and the old Doctor was in the room, half heart-broken, and he
+saw Gordon move his hands together, and he said, 'If any boy knows
+what prayers Gordon minor has been used to say, let him come and say
+them by him;' and I did. So I knelt by his bed and said them, the old
+Doctor kneeling too and sobbing like a child; and when I had done,
+Regy moved his lips and said 'Amen;' and then he said 'Lindsay!' and
+smiled, and then--"
+
+Master Arthur squeezed his friend's arm tightly, but said nothing, and
+both the young men were silent; but Bill could not restrain his tears.
+It seemed the saddest story he had ever heard, and Mr. Lindsay's hand
+upon his shoulder shook so intolerably whilst he was speaking, that he
+had taken it away, which made Bill worse, and he fairly sobbed.
+
+"What are you blubbering about, young 'un?" said Mr. Lindsay. "He is
+better off than any of us, and if you are a good boy you will see him
+some day;" and the young gentleman put his hand back again, which was
+steady now.
+
+"What became of the other fellow?" said Master Arthur.
+
+"He was taken away, of course. Sent abroad, I believe. It was hushed
+up. And now you know," added Mr. Lindsay, "why my native indolence has
+roused itself to get this cad taught a lesson, which many a time I
+wished to GOD when wishes were too late, that that other bully had
+been taught _in time_. But no one could thrash him; and no one durst
+complain. However, let's change the subject, old fellow! I've got over
+it long since: though sometimes I think the wish to see Regy again
+helps to keep me a decent sort of fellow. But when I saw the likeness
+this morning, it startled me; and then to hear the story, it seemed
+like a dream--the Gordon affair over again. I suppose rustic nerves
+are tougher; however, your village blackguard shan't have the chance
+of committing murder if we can cure him!"
+
+"I believe you half wanted to undertake the cure yourself," said
+Master Arthur.
+
+Mr. Lindsay laughed.
+
+"I did for a minute. Fancy your father's feelings if I had come home
+with a black eye from an encounter with a pot-house bully! You know I
+put my foot into a tender secret of your man's, by offering to be the
+performer!"
+
+"How?"
+
+Mr. Lindsay lowered his voice, but not so that Bill could not hear
+what he said, and recognize the imitation of John Gardener.
+
+"He said, 'I'd rather do it, if _you_ please, Sir. The fact is, I'm
+partial to the young woman myself!' After that, I could but leave John
+to defend his young woman's belongings."
+
+"Gently!" exclaimed Master Arthur. "There is the Yew Walk."
+
+From this moment the conversation was carried on in whispers, to
+Bill's further mystification. The young gentlemen recovered their
+spirits, and kept exploding in smothered chuckles of laughter.
+
+"Cold work for him if he's been waiting long!" whispered one.
+
+"Don't know. His head's under cover, remember!" said the other: and
+they laughed.
+
+"Bet you sixpence he's been smearing his hand with brimstone for the
+last half hour."
+
+"Don't smell him yet, though."
+
+"He'll be a patent aphis-destroyer in the rose-garden for months to
+come."
+
+"Sharp work for the eyelids if it gets under the sheet."
+
+They were now close by the Yews, out of which the wind came with a
+peculiar chill, as if it had been passing through a vault. Mr. Bartram
+Lindsay stooped down, and whispered in Bill's ear. "Listen, my lad. We
+can't go down the lane with you, for we want to see the ghost, but we
+don't want the ghost to see us. Don't be frightened, but go just as
+usual. And mind--when you see the white figure, point with your own
+arm _towards the Church_, and scream as loud as you like. Can you do
+this?"
+
+"Yes, Sir," whispered Bill.
+
+"Then off with you. We shall creep quietly on behind the trees; and
+you shan't be hurt, I promise you."
+
+Bill summoned his courage, and plunged into the shadows. What could be
+the meaning of Mr. Lindsay's strange orders? Should he ever have
+courage to lift his arm towards the church in the face of that awful
+apparition of the murdered man? And if he did, would the unquiet
+spirit take the hint, and go back into the grave, which Bill knew was
+at that very corner to which he must point? Left alone, his terrors
+began to return; and he listened eagerly to see if, amid the
+ceaseless soughing of the wind among the long yew branches, he could
+hear the rustle of the young men's footsteps as they crept behind. But
+he could distinguish nothing. The hish-wishing of the thin leaves was
+so incessant, the wind was so dexterous and tormenting in the tricks
+it played and the sounds it produced, that the whole place seemed
+alive with phantom rustlings and footsteps; and Bill felt as if Master
+Arthur was right, and that there was "no limit" to the number of
+ghosts!
+
+At last he could see the end of the avenue. There among the few last
+trees was the place where the ghost had appeared. There beyond lay the
+white road, the churchyard corner, and the tall grey tomb-stone
+glimmering in the moonlight. A few steps more, and slowly from among
+the yews came the ghost as before, and raised its long white arm. Bill
+determined that, if he died for it, he would do as he had been told;
+and lifting his own hand he pointed towards the tomb-stone, and gave a
+shout. As he pointed, the ghost turned round, and then--rising from
+behind the tomb-stone, and gliding slowly to the edge of the wall,
+which separated the churchyard from the lower level of the road--there
+appeared a sight so awful, that Bill's shout merged into a prolonged
+scream of terror.
+
+Truly Master Arthur's anticipations of a "scenic effect" were amply
+realized. The walls and buttresses of the old Church stood out dark
+against the sky; the white clouds sailed slowly by the moon, which
+reflected itself on the damp grass, and shone upon the flat wet
+tomb-stones till they looked like pieces of water. It was not less
+bright upon the upright ones, upon quaint crosses, short headstones,
+and upon the huge ungainly memorial of the murdered Ephraim Garnett.
+But _the_ sight on which it shone that night was the figure now
+standing by Ephraim Garnett's grave, and looking over the wall. An
+awful figure, of gigantic height, with ghostly white garments clinging
+round its headless body, and carrying under its left arm the head that
+should have been upon its shoulders. On this there was neither flesh
+nor hair. It seemed to be a bare skull, with fire gleaming through the
+hollow eye-sockets and the grinning teeth. The right hand of the
+figure was outstretched as if in warning; and from the palms to the
+tips of the fingers was a mass of lambent flame. When Bill saw this
+fearful apparition he screamed with hearty good will; but the noise he
+made was nothing to the yell of terror that came from beneath the
+shroud of the Yew-lane Ghost, who, on catching sight of the rival
+spectre, fled wildly up the lane, kicking the white sheet off as he
+went, and finally displaying, to Bill's amazement, the form and
+features of Bully Tom. But this was not all. No sooner had the first
+ghost started, than the second (not to be behind-hand) jumped nimbly
+over the wall, and gave chase. But fear had put wings on to Bully
+Tom's feet; and the second ghost being somewhat encumbered by his
+costume, judged it wisdom to stop; and then taking the fiery skull in
+its flaming hands, shied it with such dexterity, that it hit Bully Tom
+in the middle of his back, and falling on to the wet ground, went out
+with a hiss. This blow was an unexpected shock to the Bully, who
+thought the ghost must have come up to him with supernatural rapidity,
+and falling on his knees in the mud, began to roar most lustily:
+
+"Lord, have mercy upon me! I'll never do it no more!"
+
+Mr. Lindsay was not likely to alter his opinion on the subject of
+bullies. This one, like others, was a mortal coward. Like other men,
+who have no fear of GOD before their eyes, he made up for it by having
+a very hearty fear of sickness, death, departed souls, and one or two
+other things, which the most self-willed sinner knows well enough to
+be in the hands of a Power which he cannot see, and does not wish to
+believe in. Bully Tom had spoken the truth when he said that if he
+thought there was a ghost in Yew-lane he wouldn't go near it. If he
+had believed the stories with which he had alarmed poor Bill, the
+lad's evening walk would never have been disturbed, as far as he was
+concerned. Nothing but his spite against Bessy would have made him
+take so much trouble to vex the peace, and stop the schooling, of her
+pet brother; and as it was, the standing alone by the churchyard at
+night was a position so little to his taste, that he had drunk pretty
+heavily in the public-house for half an hour beforehand, to keep up
+his spirits. And now he had been paid back in his own coin, and lay
+grovelling in the mud, and calling profanely on the Lord, Whose mercy
+such men always cry for in their trouble, if they never ask it for
+their sins. He was so confused and blinded by drink and fright, that
+he did not see the second ghost divest himself of his encumbrances, or
+know that it was John Gardener, till that rosy-cheeked worthy, his
+clenched hands still flaming with brimstone, danced round him, and
+shouted scornfully, and with that vehemence of aspiration, in which he
+was apt to indulge when excited:
+
+"Get hup, yer great cowardly booby, will yer? So you thought you was
+coming hout to frighten a little lad, did ye? And you met with one of
+your hown size, did ye? Now _will_ ye get hup and take it like a man,
+or shall I give it you as ye lie there?"
+
+Bully Tom chose the least of two evils, and staggering to his feet
+with an oath, rushed upon John. But in his present condition he was no
+match for the active little gardener, inspired with just wrath, and
+thoughts of Bessy; and he then and there received such a sound
+thrashing as he had not known since he first arrogated the character
+of village bully. He was roaring loudly for mercy, and John Gardener
+was giving him a harmless roll in the mud by way of conclusion, when
+he caught sight of the two young gentlemen in the lane--Master Arthur
+in fits of laughter at the absurd position of the ex-Yew-lane Ghost
+and Mr. Lindsay standing still and silent, with folded arms, set lips,
+and the gold eye-glass on his nose. As soon as he saw them, he began
+to shout, "Murder! help!" at the top of his voice.
+
+"I see myself," said Master Arthur, driving his hands contemptuously
+into his pockets--"I see myself helping a great lout who came out to
+frighten a child, and can neither defend his own eyes and nose, nor
+take a licking with a good grace when he deserves it!"
+
+Bully Tom appealed to Mr. Lindsay.
+
+"Yah! yah!" he howled: "will you see a man killed for want of help?"
+
+But the clever young gentleman seemed even less inclined to give his
+assistance.
+
+"Killed!" he said contemptuously; "I _have_ seen a lad killed on such
+a night as this, by such a piece of bullying! Be thankful you have
+been stopped in time! I wouldn't raise my little finger to save you
+from twice such a thrashing. It has been fairly earned! Give the ghost
+his shroud, Gardener, and let him go; and recommend him not to haunt
+Yew-lane in future."
+
+John did so, with a few words of parting advice on his own account.
+
+"Be hoff with you," he said. "Master Lindsay, he speaks like a book.
+You're a disgrace to your hage and sect, you are! I'd as soon fight
+with an old charwoman. Though, bless you, young gentlemen," he added,
+as Bully Tom slunk off muttering, "he _is_ the biggest blackguard in
+the place; and what the Rector'll say, when he comes to know as you've
+been mingled up with him, passes me."
+
+"He'll forgive us, I dare say," said Master Arthur. "I only wish he
+could have seen you emerge from behind that stone! It was a sight for
+a century! I wonder what the youngster thought of it! Hi, Willie,
+here, Sir! What did you think of the second ghost?"
+
+Bill had some doubts as to the light in which he ought to regard that
+apparition; but he decided on the simple truth.
+
+"I thought it looked very horrid, Sir."
+
+"I should hope it did! The afternoon's work of three able-bodied men
+has been marvellously wasted if it didn't. However, I must say you
+halloed out loud enough!"
+
+Bill coloured, the more so as Mr. Lindsay was looking hard at him over
+the top of his spectacles.
+
+"Don't you feel rather ashamed of all your fright, now you've seen the
+ghosts without their sheets?" inquired the clever young gentleman.
+
+"Yes, Sir," said Bill, hanging his head. "I shall never believe in
+ghosts again, Sir, though."
+
+Mr. Bartram Lindsay took off his glasses, and twiddled them in his
+fingers.
+
+"Well, well," he said in a low hurried voice; "I'm not the parson, and
+I don't pretend to say what you should believe and what you shouldn't.
+We know precious little as to how much the spirits of the dead see and
+know of what they have left behind. But I think you may venture to
+assure yourself that when a poor soul has passed the waves of this
+troublesome world, by whatever means, it doesn't come back kicking
+about under a white sheet in dark lanes, to frighten little boys from
+going to school."
+
+"And that's very true, Sir," said John Gardener, admiringly.
+
+"So it is," said Master Arthur. "I couldn't have explained that
+myself, Willie; but those are my sentiments and I beg you'll attend to
+what Mr. Lindsay has told you."
+
+"Yes, Sir," said Bill.
+
+Mr. Lindsay laughed, though not quite merrily, and said--
+
+"I could tell him something more, Arthur, though he's too young to
+understand it: namely, that if he lives, the day will come, when he
+would be only too happy if the dead might come back and hold out their
+hands to us, anywhere, and for however short a time."
+
+The young gentleman stopped abruptly; and the gardener heaved a
+sympathetic sigh.
+
+"I tell you what it is, Bartram," muttered Master Arthur, "I suppose
+I'm too young, too, for I've had quite enough of the melancholies for
+one night. As to you, you're as old as the hills; but it's time you
+came home; and if I'd known before what you told me to night, old
+fellow, you shouldn't have come out on this expedition. Now, for you,
+Willie," added the young gentleman, whirling sharply round, "if you're
+not a pattern Solomon henceforth, it won't be the fault of your
+friends. And if wisdom doesn't bring you to school after this, I shall
+try the argument of the one-legged donkey."
+
+"I don't think I shall miss next time, Sir."
+
+"I hope you won't. Now, John, as you've come so far, you may as well
+see the lad safe home; but don't shake hands with the family in the
+present state of your fists, or you might throw somebody into a fit.
+Good-night!"
+
+Yew-lane echoed a round of "Good-nights;" and Bill and the gardener
+went off in high spirits. As they crossed the road, Bill looked round,
+and under the trees saw the young gentlemen strolling back to the
+Rectory, arm in arm. Mr. Bartram Lindsay with his chin high in the
+air, and Master Arthur vehemently exhorting him on some topic, of
+which he was pointing the moral with flourishes of the one-legged
+donkey.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+For those who like to know "what became of" everybody, these facts are
+added:
+
+The young gentlemen got safely home; and Master Arthur gave such a
+comical account of their adventure, that the Rector laughed too much
+to scold them, even if he had wished.
+
+Beauty Bill went up and down Yew-lane on many a moonlight night after
+this one, but he never saw another ghost, or felt any more fears in
+connection with Ephraim Garnett. To make matters more entirely
+comfortable, however, John kindly took to the custom of walking home
+with the lad after night-school was ended. In return for this
+attention, Bill's family were apt to ask him in for an hour; and by
+their fire-side he told the story of the two ghosts so often--from the
+manufacture in the Rectory barn to the final apparition at the
+cross-roads--that the whole family declare they feel just as if they
+had seen it.
+
+Bessy, under the hands of the cheerful doctor, got quite well, and
+eventually married. As her cottage boasts the finest window plants in
+the village, it is shrewdly surmised that her husband is a gardener.
+
+Bully Tom talked very loudly for some time of "having the law of" the
+rival ghost; but finding, perhaps, that the story did not redound to
+his credit, was unwilling to give it further publicity, and changed
+his mind.
+
+Winter and summer, day and night, sunshine and moonlight, have passed
+over the lane and the churchyard, and the wind has had many a ghostly
+howl among the yews, since poor Bill learnt the story of the murder;
+but he knows now that the true Ephraim Garnett has never been seen on
+the cross-roads since a hundred years ago, and will not be till the
+Great Day.
+
+In the ditch by the side of Yew-lane shortly after the events I have
+been describing, a little lad found a large turnip, in which someone
+had cut eyes, nose, and mouth, and put bits of stick for teeth. The
+turnip was hollow, and inside it was fixed a bit of wax candle. He
+lighted it up, and the effect was so splendid, that he made a show of
+it to his companions at the price of a marble each, who were well
+satisfied. And this was the last of the Yew-lane Ghosts.
+
+
+
+
+A BAD HABIT.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+ "Oh, how much more doth beauty beauteous seem
+ By that sweet ornament which truth doth give!
+ The rose looks fair, but fairer we it deem
+ For that sweet odour which doth in it live."
+
+ SHAKESPEARE.
+
+
+My godmother, Lady Elizabeth, used to say, "Most things are matters of
+habit. Good habits and bad habits." And she generally added, "_Your_
+bad habit, Selina, is a habit of grumbling."
+
+I was always accustomed to seeing great respect paid to anything my
+godmother said or did. In the first place, she was what Mrs. Arthur
+James Johnson called "a fine lady," and what the maids called "a real
+lady." She was an old friend and, I think, a relative of my father,
+who had married a little below his own rank--my mother being the
+daughter of a rich manufacturer. My father had died before I can
+remember things, and Joseph and I lived with our mother and her
+friends. At least, we were with our mother when she could bear the
+noise; and for the rest of our time, when we were tired of playing
+games together, we sat with the maids.
+
+"That is where you learned your little _toss_ and your trick of
+grumbling, my dear," my godmother said, planting her gold eye-glasses
+on her high nose; "and that is why your mouth is growing out of shape,
+and your forehead getting puckered, and your chin poked, and--and your
+boots bulged crooked."
+
+"_My boots_, godmother?"
+
+"Your boots, my dear. No boots will keep in shape if you shake your
+hips and kick with your heels like a servant out Sunday walking. When
+little girls flounce on the high road, it only looks ridiculous; but
+when you grow up, you'll never have a clean petticoat, or be known for
+a well-bred woman behind your back, unless you learn to walk as if
+your legs and your feelings were under your own control. That is why
+the sergeant is coming to-morrow and every week-day morning to drill
+you and Joseph from ten to eleven whilst you remain here."
+
+And my godmother pressed the leaves of the journal on her lap, and cut
+them quite straight and very decisively with a heavy ivory
+paper-knife.
+
+I had never been taught that it is bad manners to mutter--nurse
+always talked to herself when she was "put out"--and, as I stood in
+much awe of Lady Elizabeth, I did not like to complain aloud of her
+arrangements. So I turned my doll with a sharp flounce in my arms, and
+muttered behind her tarlatan skirts that "I did think we were to have
+had whole holidays out visiting."
+
+I believe my godmother heard me; but she only looked at me for a
+moment over the top of her gold eye-glasses, and then went on reading
+the paper through them.
+
+After a few moments, she laid it down on her lap with her left hand,
+and with her right hand took off her eye-glasses and held them between
+her fingers.
+
+"I shall be sorry if you don't grow up nice-looking, Selina," she
+said. "It's a great advantage to a woman--indeed, to anyone--to be
+good-looking. Your mother was a pretty woman, too; and your father--"
+
+Lady Elizabeth stopped, and then, seeming suddenly to see that I was
+watching her and waiting, put her glasses before her eyes again, and
+continued--
+
+"Your father was a very good-looking gentleman, with a fine face and a
+fine figure, beautiful eyes and mouth, very attractive hands, and most
+fascinating manners. It will be a pity if you don't grow up
+nice-looking."
+
+I grew crimson, partly with mortification and partly with
+astonishment. I had a strong natural desire to be pretty, but I felt
+sure I had been taught somehow that it was much more meritorious not
+to care about it. It certainly did not please me when (if I had
+offended them) the maids said I should never be as pretty as Maud Mary
+Ibbetson, my bosom friend; but when nurse took the good looking-glass
+out of the nursery, and hung up the wavy one which used to be in her
+room instead, to keep me from growing vain, I did not dispute her
+statement that "the less little girls looked in the glass the better."
+And when I went to see Maud Mary (who was the only child of rich
+parents, and had a cheval-glass in her own bed-room), it was a just
+satisfaction to me to feel that if she was prettier, and could see
+herself full length, she was probably vainer than I.
+
+It was very mortifying, therefore, to find that my godmother not only
+thought me plain, but gave me no credit for not minding it. I grew
+redder and redder, and my eyes filled with tears.
+
+Lady Elizabeth was very nice in one way--she treated us with as much
+courtesy and consideration as if we were grown up. People do not think
+about being polite to children, but my godmother was very polite.
+
+"My dear child," she said, holding out her hand, "I am very sorry if I
+have hurt your feelings. I beg your pardon."
+
+I put my hot and rather dirty little paw among her cool fingers and
+diamond rings. I could not mutter to her face, but I said rather under
+my sobs that "it seemed such a thing" to be blamed for not being
+pretty.
+
+"My dear Selina, I never said anything about your being pretty. I said
+I should be sorry if you did not grow up nice-looking, which is quite
+another thing. It will depend on yourself whether you are nice-looking
+or not."
+
+I began to feel comforted, but I bridled my chin in an aggrieved
+manner, which I know I had caught from Mrs. Marsden, the charwoman,
+when she took tea in the nursery and told long tales to nurse; and I
+said I "was sure it wasn't for want of speaking to" nurse that my hair
+did not wave like Maud Mary's, but that when I asked her to crimp it,
+she only said, "Handsome is that handsome does, and that ought to be
+enough for you, Miss Selina, without _my_ slaving to damp-plait your
+hair every night."
+
+I repeated nurse's speech pretty volubly, and with her sharp accent
+and accompanying toss. My godmother heard me out, and then she said--
+
+"Nurse quoted a very good proverb, which is even truer than it is
+allowed to be. Those who do well grow to look well. My little
+goddaughter, that soft child's face of yours can be pinched and pulled
+into a nice shape or an ugly shape, very much as you pull and pinch
+that gutta-percha head I gave you, and, one way or another, it is
+being shaped all along."
+
+"But people can't give themselves beautiful figures, and eyes, and
+mouths, and hands, as you said papa had, unless they are born so," I
+objected.
+
+"Your father's figure, my dear," said Lady Elizabeth, "was beautiful
+with the grace and power which comes of training. He was a military
+man, and you have only to look at a dozen common men in a marching
+regiment and compare them with a dozen of the same class of men who go
+on plodding to work and loafing at play in their native villages, to
+see what people can do for their own figures. His eyes, Selina, were
+bright with intelligence and trained powers of observation; and they
+were beautiful with kindliness, and with the well-bred habit of giving
+complete attention to other people and their affairs when he talked
+with them. He had a rare smile, which you may not inherit, but the
+real beauty of such mouths as his comes from the lips being restrained
+into firm and sensitive lines, through years of self-control and fine
+sympathies."
+
+I do not quite understand. "Do you mean that I can practise my mouth
+into a nice shape?" I asked.
+
+"Certainly not, my dear, any more than you can pinch your nose into
+shape with your finger and thumb; but your lips, and all the lines of
+your face, will take shape of themselves, according to your temper and
+habits.
+
+"There are two things," my godmother continued, after turning round to
+look at me for a minute, "there are two things, Selina, against your
+growing up good-looking. One is that you have caught so many little
+vulgarisms from the servants; and the other is your little bad habit
+of grumbling, which, for that matter, is a very ill-bred habit as
+well, and would spoil the prettiest eyes, nose, mouth, and chin that
+ever were inherited. Under-bred and ill-educated women are, as a
+general rule, much less good-looking than well-bred and
+highly-educated ones, especially in middle life; not because good
+features and pretty complexions belong to one class more than to
+another, but because nicer personal habits and stricter discipline of
+the mind do. A girl who was never taught to brush her teeth, to
+breathe through the nostrils instead of the lips, and to chew with the
+back teeth instead of the front, has a very poor chance of growing up
+with a pretty mouth, as anyone may see who has observed a middle-aged
+woman of that class munching a meat pie at a railway-station. And if,
+into the bargain, she has nothing to talk about but her own and her
+neighbour's everyday affairs, and nothing to think about to keep her
+from continually talking, life, my dear child, is so full of little
+rubs, that constant chatter of this kind must almost certainly be
+constant grumbling. And constant grumbling, Selina, makes an ugly
+under-lip, a forehead wrinkled with frowning, and dull eyes that see
+nothing but grievances. There is a book in the library with some
+pictures of faces that I must show you. Do you draw at all, my dear?"
+
+"Mamma gave me a drawing-slate on my birthday," I replied, "but Joseph
+bothered me to lend it to him, and now he's broken the glass. It _is_
+so tiresome! But it's always the way if you lend things."
+
+"What makes you think that it is always the way if you lend things?"
+my godmother gently inquired.
+
+"It seems as if it was, I'm sure," was my answer. "It was just the
+same with the fish-kettle when cook lent it to the Browns. They kept
+it a fortnight, and let it rust, and the first time cook put a drop of
+water into it it leaked; and she said it always _was_ the way; you
+might lend everything you had, and people had no conscience, but if
+it came to borrowing a pepperpot--"
+
+My godmother put up both her long hands with an impatient gesture.
+
+"That will do, my dear. I don't care to hear all that your mother's
+cook said about the fish-kettle."
+
+I felt uncomfortable, and was glad that Lady Elizabeth went on
+talking.
+
+"Have you and Joseph any collections? When I was your age, I remember
+I made a nice collection of wafers. They were quite as pretty as
+modern monograms."
+
+"Joseph collected feathers out of the pillows once," I said, laughing.
+"He got a great many different sorts, but nurse burned them, and he
+cried."
+
+"I'm sorry nurse burned them. I daresay they made him very happy. I
+advise you to begin a collection, Selina. It is a capital cure for
+discontent. Anything will do. A collection of buttons, for instance.
+There are a great many kinds; and if ever some travelled friend crowns
+your collection with a mandarin's button, for one day at least you
+won't feel a grievance worth speaking of."
+
+I was feeling very much aggrieved as Lady Elizabeth spoke, and
+thinking to myself that "it seemed so hard to be scolded out visiting,
+and when one had not got into any scrape." But I only said that
+"nobody at home ever said that I grumbled so much;" and that I "didn't
+know that our servants complained more than other people's."
+
+"I do not suppose they do," said my godmother. "I have told you
+already that I consider it a foible of ill-educated people, whose
+interests are very limited, and whose feelings are not disciplined.
+You know James, the butler, Selina, do you not?"
+
+"Oh, yes, godmamma!"
+
+I knew James well. He was very kind to me, and always liberal when, by
+Lady Elizabeth's orders, he helped me to almonds and raisins at
+dessert.
+
+"My mother died young," said Lady Elizabeth, "and at sixteen I was
+head of my father's household. I had been well trained, and I tried to
+do my duty. Amid all the details of providing for and entertaining
+many people, my duty was to think of everything, and never to seem as
+if I had anything on my mind. I should have been fairly trained _for a
+kitchen-maid_, Selina, if I had done what I was told when it was
+bawled at me, and had talked and seemed more overwhelmed with work
+than the Prime Minister. Well, most of our servants had known me from
+babyhood, and it was not a light matter to have the needful authority
+over them without hurting the feelings of such old and faithful
+friends. But, on the whole, they respected my efforts, and were proud
+of my self-possession. I had more trouble with the younger ones, who
+were too young to help me, and whom I was too young to overawe. I was
+busy one morning writing necessary letters, when James--who was then
+seventeen, and the under-footman--came to the drawing room and wished
+to speak to me. When he had wasted a good deal of my time in
+describing his unwillingness to disturb me, and the years his father
+had lived in my father's service, I said, 'James, I have important
+letters to write, and very little time to spare. If you have any
+complaint to make, will you kindly put it as shortly as you can?' 'I'm
+sure, my lady, I have no wish to complain,' was James's reply; and
+thereon his complaints poured forth in a continuous stream. I took out
+my watch (unseen by James, for I never insult people), and gave him
+five minutes for his grievances. He got on pretty fast with them. He
+had mentioned the stone floor of his bed-room, a draught in the pantry,
+the overbearingness of the butler, the potatoes for the servants' hall
+being under-boiled when the cook was out of temper, the inferior
+quality of the new plate-powder, the insinuations against his father's
+honesty by servants who were upstarts by comparison, his hat having
+been spoilt by the rain, and that he never was so miserable in his
+life--when the five minutes expired, and I said 'Then, James, you want
+to go?' He coloured, and I really think tears stood in his eyes. He
+was a good-hearted lad.
+
+"When he began to say that he could never regard any other place as he
+looked on this, and that he felt towards his lordship and me as he
+could feel towards no other master and mistress, I gave him another
+five minutes for what he was pleased with. To do him justice, the list
+was quite as long as that of his grievances. No people were like us,
+and he had never been so happy in his life. So I said, 'Then, James,
+you want to stay?'
+
+"James began a fresh statement, in which his grievances and his
+satisfactions came alternately, and I cut this short by saying, 'Well,
+James, the difficulty seems to be that you have not made up your mind
+what you do want. I have no time to balance matters for you, so you
+had better go downstairs and think it well over, and let me know what
+you decide.'
+
+"He went accordingly, and when he was driven to think for himself by
+being stopped from talking to me, I suppose he was wise enough to
+perceive that it is easier to find crosses in one's lot than to feel
+quite sure that one could change it for a better. I have no doubt that
+he had _not_ got all he might lawfully have wished for, but, different
+as our positions were, no more had I, and we both had to do our duty
+and make the best of life as we found it. It's a very good thing, dear
+child, to get into the habit of saying to oneself, 'One can't have
+everything.' I suppose James learned to say it, for he has lived with
+me ever since."
+
+At this moment Joseph called to me through the open window which led
+into the garden--
+
+"Oh, Selina! I am so sorry; but when I got to the shop I couldn't
+remember whether it was a quarter of a yard of ribbon or
+three-quarters that you wanted for the doll's hat."
+
+Joseph was always doing stupid things like this. It vexed me very
+much, and I jumped up and hastily seized my doll to go out and speak
+to him, saying, as I did so, that "boys were enough to drive one wild,
+and one might as well ask the poodle to do anything as Joseph." And it
+was not till I had flounced out of the drawing-room that I felt rather
+hot and uncomfortable to remember that I had tossed my head, and
+knitted my brows, and jerked my chin, and pouted my lips, and shaken
+my skirts, and kicked up my heels, as I did so, and that my godmother
+had probably been observing me through her gold eye-glasses.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+"It is easier to prevent ill habits than to break them."--OLD
+PROVERB.
+
+
+I must say that Joseph _was_ rather a stupid boy. He was only a year
+younger than me, but I never could make him understand exactly what I
+wanted him to do when we played together; and he was always saying,
+"Oh, I say, look here, Selina!" and proposing some silly plan of his
+own. But he was very good-natured, and when we were alone I let him be
+uncle to the dolls. When we spent the day with Maud Mary, however, we
+never let him play with the baby-house; but we allowed him to be the
+postman and the baker, and people of that sort, who knock and ring,
+and we sent him messages.
+
+During the first week of our visit to Lady Elizabeth, the weather was
+so fine that Joseph and I played all day long in the garden. Then it
+became rainy, and we quarrelled over the old swing and the imperfect
+backgammon board in the lumber-room, where we were allowed to amuse
+ourselves. But one morning when we went to our play-room, after
+drilling with Sergeant Walker, Joseph found a model fortress and
+wooden soldiers and cannon in one corner of the room; and I found a
+Dutch market, with all kinds of wooden booths, and little tables to
+have tea at in another. They were presents from my godmother; and
+they were far the best kind of toys we had ever had, you could do so
+many things with them.
+
+Joseph was so happy with his soldiers that he never came near the
+Dutch fair; and at other times he was always bothering to be allowed
+to play with the dolls. At first I was very glad, for I was afraid he
+would be coming and saying, "Oh, I say, Selina," and suggesting
+things; and I wanted to arrange the shops my own way. But when they
+were done, and I was taking the dolls from one booth to another to
+shop, I did think it seemed very odd that Joseph should not even want
+to walk through the fair. And when I gave him leave to be a
+shopkeeper, and to stand in front of each booth in turn, he did not
+seem at all anxious to come; and he would bring a cannon with him, and
+hide it behind his back when I came to buy vegetables for the dolls'
+dinners.
+
+We quarrelled about the cannon. I said no one ever heard of a
+greengrocer with a cannon in his shop; and Joseph said it couldn't
+matter if the greengrocer stood in front of the cannon so as to hide
+it. So I said I wouldn't have a cannon in my fair at all; and Joseph
+said he didn't want to come to my fair, for he liked his fortress much
+better, and he rattled out, dragging his cannon behind him, and
+knocked down Adelaide Augusta, the gutta-percha doll, who was leaning
+against the fishmonger's slab, with her chin on the salmon.
+
+It was very hard, and I said so; and then Joseph said there were
+plenty of times when I wouldn't let him play with the dolls; and I
+said that was just it--when I didn't want him to he wanted, and when I
+wanted him to he wouldn't, and that he was very selfish.
+
+So at last he put away his cannon, and came and played at shops; but
+he was very stupid, and would look over his shoulder at the fortress
+when he ought to have been pretending to sell; and once, when I had
+left the fair, he got his cannon back and shot peas out of it, so that
+all the fowls fell off the real hooks in the poulterer's shop, and
+said he was bombarding the city.
+
+I was very angry, and said, "I shall go straight down, and complain to
+godmamma," and I went.
+
+The worst of it was that only that very morning Lady Elizabeth had
+said to me, "Remember one thing, my dear. I will listen to no
+complaints whatever. No grumbles either from you or from Joseph. If
+you want anything that you have not got, and will ask for it, I will
+do my best for you, as my little guests; and if it is right and
+reasonable, and fair to both, you shall have what you want. But you
+must know your own mind when you ask, and make the best of what I can
+do for you. I will hear no general complaints whatever."
+
+Remembering this, I felt a little nervous when I was fairly in the
+drawing-room, and Lady Elizabeth had laid down her glasses to hear
+what I had to say.
+
+"Do you want anything, my dear?" said she.
+
+I began to complain--that Joseph was so stupid; that it seemed so
+provoking; that I did think it was very unkind of him, etc.; but Lady
+Elizabeth put up her hand.
+
+"My dear Selina, you have forgotten what I told you. If there is
+anything that an old woman like me can do to make your father's child
+happy, do not be afraid to ask for it, but I will not have grumbling
+in the drawing-room. By all means make up your mind as to what you
+want, and don't be afraid to ask your old godmother. But if she thinks
+it right to refuse, or you do not think it right to ask, you must make
+the best of matters as they stand, and keep your good humour and your
+good manners like a lady."
+
+I felt puzzled. When I complained to nurse that Joseph "was so
+tiresome," she grumbled back again that "she never knew such
+children," and so forth. It is always easy to meet grievance with
+grievance, but I found that it was not so easy to make up my mind and
+pluck up my courage to ask in so many words for what I wanted.
+
+"Shall I ask Joseph to put away his cannon and come and play at your
+game for an hour now, my dear? I will certainly forbid him to fire
+into your shop."
+
+This did not quite satisfy me. As a matter of fact, Joseph had left
+his fortress to play with me; and I did not really think he would
+discharge his cannon at the poulterer's again. But I thought myself
+hardly used, and I wanted my godmother to think so too, and to scold
+Joseph. What else I wanted, I did not feel quite sure.
+
+"I wish you would speak to Joseph," I said. "He would attend to you if
+you told him how selfish and stupid he is."
+
+"My dear, I never offered to complain to Joseph, but I will order him
+not to molest you, and I will ask him to play with you."
+
+"I'm sure I don't want him to play with me, unless he can play nicely,
+and invent things for the dolls to say, as Maud Mary would," was my
+reply; for I was getting thoroughly vexed.
+
+"Then I will tell him that unless he can play your game as you wish
+it, he had better amuse himself with his own toys. Is there anything
+else that you want, my dear?"
+
+I could not speak, for I was crying, but I sobbed out that "I missed
+Maud Mary so."
+
+"Who is Maud Mary, Selina?"
+
+"Maud Mary Ibbetson, my particular friend--my _very_ particular
+friend," I explained.
+
+I spoke warmly, for at that moment the memory of Maud Mary seemed
+adorable, and I longed to pour my complaints into her sympathetic ear.
+Besides, I had another reason for regretting that she was not with me.
+When we were together, it was she, as a rule, who had new and handsome
+toys to exhibit, whilst I played the humbler part of admirer. But if
+she had been with me, then, what would not have been my triumph in
+displaying the Dutch fair! The longer I thought of her the faster my
+tears fell, but they did not help me to think of anything definite to
+ask for; and when Lady Elizabeth said, "would you like to go home, my
+dear? or do you want me to ask your friend to stay with you?" I had
+the grace to feel ashamed of my peevishness, and to thank my godmother
+for her kindness, and to protest against wanting anything more. I only
+added, amid my subsiding sobs, that "it did seem such a thing," when I
+had got a Dutch fair to play at dolls in, that Joseph should be so
+stupid, and that dear Maud Mary, who would have enjoyed it so much,
+should not be able to see it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+ "Nous aurons aussi la fete dans notre rue."--RUSSIAN
+ PROVERB.
+
+
+Next day, when our drill in the long corridor was over, Lady Elizabeth
+told Joseph to bring his fortress, guns, and soldiers into the
+library, and to play at the Thirty Years' War in the bay-window from a
+large book with pictures of sieges and battles, which she lent him.
+
+To me my godmother turned very kindly and said, "I have invited your
+little friend Maud to come and stay here for a week. I hope she will
+arrive to-day, so you had better prepare your dolls and your shops for
+company."
+
+Maud Mary coming! I danced for joy, and kissed my godmother, and
+expressed my delight again and again. I should have liked to talk
+about it to Joseph, but he had plunged into the Thirty Years' War, and
+had no attention to give me.
+
+It was a custom in the neighbourhood where my mother lived to call
+people by double Christian names, John Thomas, William Edward, and so
+forth; but my godmother never called Maud Mary anything but Maud.
+
+It was possible that my darling friend might arrive by the twelve
+o'clock train, and the carriage was sent to meet her, whilst I danced
+up and down the big hall with impatience. When it came back without
+her my disappointment knew no bounds. I felt sure that the Ibbetsons'
+coachman had been unpunctual, or dear Maud Mary's nurse had been
+cross, as usual, and had not tried to get her things packed. I rushed
+into the library full of my forebodings, but my godmother only said,
+"No grumbling, my dear!" and Joseph called out, "Oh, I say, Selina, I
+wish you wouldn't swing the doors so: you've knocked down Wallenstein,
+and he's fallen on the top of Gustavus Adolphus;" and I had to compose
+myself as best I could till the five o'clock train.
+
+Then she came. Darling Maud Mary!
+
+Perhaps it was because I crushed her new feather in kissing her (and
+Maud Mary was very particular about her clothes); perhaps it was
+because she was tired with travelling, which I forgot; or perhaps it
+was because she would rather have had tea first, that Maud Mary was
+not quite so nice about the Dutch fair as I should have liked her to
+be.
+
+She said she rather wondered that Lady Elizabeth had not given me a
+big dolls' house like hers instead; that she had come away in such a
+hurry that she forgot to lock hers up, and she should not be the least
+surprised if the kitten got into it and broke something, but "it did
+seem rather odd" to be invited in such a very hurried way; that just
+when she _was_ going to a big house to pay a grand visit, of course
+the dressmaker "disappointed" Mrs. Ibbetson, but "that was the way
+things always did happen;" that the last time Mr. Ibbetson was in
+Paris he offered to bring her a dolls' railway train, with real
+first-class carriages really stuffed, but she said she would rather
+have a locket, and that was the very one which was hanging round her
+neck, and which was much handsomer than Lucy Jane Smith's, which cost
+five pounds in London.
+
+Maud Mary's inattention to the fair and the dolls was so obvious that
+I followed my godmother's advice, and "made the best of it" by saying,
+"I'm afraid you're very much tired, darling?"
+
+Maud Mary tossed her chin and frowned.
+
+It was "enough to tire anybody," she said, to travel on that
+particular line. The railway of which her papa was a director was very
+differently managed.
+
+I think my godmother's courtesy to us, and her thoughtful kindness,
+had fixed her repeated hints about self-control and good manners
+rather firmly in my head. I distinctly remember making an effort to
+forget my toys and think of Maud Mary's comfort.
+
+I said, "Will you come and take off your things, darling?" and she
+said, "Yes, darling;" and then we had tea.
+
+But next day, when she was quite rested, and had really nothing to
+complain of, I did think she might have praised the Dutch fair.
+
+She said it "seemed such a funny thing" to have to play in an old
+garret; but she need not have wanted to alter the arrangement of all
+the shops, and have everything her own way, as she always had at home,
+because, if her dolls' house was hers, my Dutch fair was mine. I did
+think, for a moment, of getting my godmother to speak to her, but I
+knew it would be of no use to complain unless I had something to ask
+for. When I came to think of it, I found that what I wanted was that
+Maud Mary should let me manage my own toys and direct the game, and I
+resolved to ask her myself.
+
+"Look here, darling," said I, "when I come and play with you, I always
+play dolls as you like, because the dolls' house is yours; I wish you
+would play my game to-day, as the Dutch fair is mine."
+
+Maud Mary flounced to her feet, and bridled with her wavy head, and
+said she was sure she did not want to play if I didn't like her way of
+playing; and as to my Dutch fair, her papa could buy her one any day
+for her very own.
+
+I was nettled, for Maud Mary was a little apt to flourish Mr.
+Ibbetson's money in my face; but if her father was rich, my godmother
+was a lady of rank, and I said that "my godmother, Lady Elizabeth,
+said it was very vulgar to flounce and toss one's head if one was put
+out."
+
+Maud Mary crimsoned, and, exclaiming that she did not care what Lady
+Elizabeth or Lady Anybody Else said, she whisked over three shops with
+the ends of her sash, and kicked the wax off Josephine Esmeralda's
+nose with the heel of her Balmoral boot.
+
+I don't like confessing it, but I did push Maud Mary, and Maud Mary
+slapped me.
+
+And when we both looked up, my godmother was standing before us, with
+her gold spectacles on her nose.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Lady Elizabeth was very kind, and even then I knew that she was very
+right.
+
+When she said, "I have asked your friend for a week, and for that
+week, my dear, she is your guest, and you must try to please, and
+_make the best of it_," I not only did not dispute it; I felt a spirit
+of self-suppression and hospitable pride awake within me to do as she
+had said.
+
+I think the hardest part of it was that, whatever I did and whatever I
+gave up, Maud Mary recognized no effort on my part. What she got she
+took as her due, and what she did not get she grumbled about.
+
+I sometimes think that it was partly because, in all that long week,
+she never ceased grumbling, that I did; I hope for life.
+
+Only once I said, "O godmamma! how glad I shall be when I am alone
+with Joseph again!" And with sudden remorse, I added, "But I beg your
+pardon, that's grumbling; and you _have_ been so kind!"
+
+Lady Elizabeth took off her eye-glasses, and held out her hands for
+mine.
+
+"Is it grumbling, little woman?" she said. "Well, I'm not sure."
+
+"_I'm_ not sure," I said, smiling; "for you know I only said I should
+be so _glad_ to be alone with Joseph, and to try to be good to him;
+for he is a very kind boy, and if he is a little awkward with the
+dolls, I mean to make the best of it. _One can't have everything_," I
+added, laughing.
+
+Lady Elizabeth drew my head towards her, and stroked and kissed it.
+
+"GOD bless you, child," she said. "You _have_ inherited your
+father's smile."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"But, I say, Selina," whispered Joseph, when I went to look at his
+fortress in the bay-window. "Do you suppose it's because he's dead
+that she cried behind her spectacles when she said you had got his
+smile?"
+
+
+
+
+A HAPPY FAMILY.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+ "If solid happiness we prize,
+ Within our breast this jewel lies.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ From our own selves our joys must flow,
+ And peace begins at home."
+
+ COTTON.
+
+
+The family--our family, not the Happy Family--consisted of me and my
+brothers and sisters. I have a father and mother, of course.
+
+I am the eldest, as I remind my brothers; and of the more worthy
+gender, which my sisters sometimes forget. Though we live in the
+village, my father is a gentleman, as I shall be when I am grown up. I
+have told the village boys so more than once. One feels mean in
+boasting that one is better born than they are; but if I did not tell
+them, I am not sure that they would always know.
+
+Our house is old, and we have a ghost--the ghost of my
+great-great-great-great-great-aunt.
+
+She "crossed her father's will," nurse says, and he threatened to flog
+her with his dog-whip, and she ran away, and was never heard of more.
+He would not let the pond be dragged, but he never went near it again;
+and the villagers do not like to go near it now. They say you may meet
+her there, after sunset, flying along the path among the trees, with
+her hair half down, and a knot of ribbon fluttering from it, and
+parted lips, and terror in her eyes.
+
+The men of our family (my father's family, my mother is Irish) have
+always had strong wills. I have a strong will myself.
+
+People say I am like the picture of my great-grandfather (the
+great-great-great-nephew of the ghost). He must have been a wonderful
+old gentleman by all accounts. Sometimes nurse says to us, "Have your
+own way, and you'll live the longer," and it always makes me think of
+great-grandfather, who had so much of his own way, and lived to be
+nearly a hundred.
+
+I remember my father telling us how his sisters had to visit their old
+granny for months at a time, and how he shut the shutters at three
+o'clock on summer afternoons, and made them play dummy whist by candle
+light.
+
+"Didn't you and your brothers go?" asked Uncle Patrick, across the
+dinner-table. My father laughed.
+
+"Not we! My mother got us there once--but never again."
+
+"And did your sisters like it?"
+
+"Like it? They used to cry their hearts out. I really believe it
+killed poor Jane. She was consumptive and chilly, but always craving
+for fresh air; and granny never would have open windows, for fear of
+draughts on his bald head; and yet the girls had no fires in their
+room, because young people shouldn't be pampered."
+
+"And ye never-r offer-r-ed--neither of ye--to go in the stead of
+them?"
+
+When Uncle Patrick rolls his R's in a discussion, my mother becomes
+nervous.
+
+"One can't expect boys to consider things," she said. "Boys will be
+boys, you know."
+
+"And what would you have 'em be?" said my father. Uncle Patrick turned
+to my mother.
+
+"Too true, Geraldine. Ye don't expect it. Worse luck! I assure ye, I'd
+be aghast at the brutes we men can be, if I wasn't more amazed that
+we're as good as we are, when the best and gentlest of your sex--the
+moulders of our childhood, the desire of our manhood--demand so little
+for all that you alone can give. There were conceivable uses in women
+preferring the biggest brutes of barbarous times, but it's not so now;
+and boys will be civilised boys, and men will be civilised men, sweet
+sister, when you _do_ expect it, and when your grace and favours are
+the rewards of nobleness, and not the easy prize of selfishness and
+savagery."
+
+My father spoke fairly.
+
+"There's some truth in what you say, Pat."
+
+"And small grace in my saying it. Forgive me, John."
+
+That's the way Uncle Patrick flares up and cools down, like a straw
+bonfire. But my father makes allowances for him; first, because he is
+an Irishman, and, secondly, because he's a cripple.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+I love my mother dearly, and I can do anything I like with her. I
+always could. When I was a baby, I would not go to sleep unless she
+walked about with me, so (though walking was bad for her) I got my own
+way, and had it afterwards.
+
+With one exception. She would never tell me about my godfather. I
+asked once, and she was so distressed that I was glad to promise never
+to speak of him again. But I only thought of him the more, though all
+I knew about him was his portrait--such a fine fellow--and that he
+had the same swaggering, ridiculous name as mine.
+
+How my father allowed me to be christened Bayard I cannot imagine. But
+I was rather proud of it at one time--in the days when I wore long
+curls, and was so accustomed to hearing myself called "a perfect
+picture," and to having my little sayings quoted by my mother and her
+friends, that it made me miserable if grown-up people took the liberty
+of attending to anything but me. I remember wriggling myself off my
+mother's knee when I wanted change, and how she gave me her watch to
+keep me quiet, and stroked my curls, and called me her fair-haired
+knight, and her little Bayard; though, remembering also, how
+lingeringly I used just not to do her bidding, ate the sugar when she
+wasn't looking, tried to bawl myself into fits, kicked the
+nurse-girl's shins, and dared not go upstairs by myself after dark--I
+must confess that a young chimpanzee would have as good claims as I
+had to represent that model of self-conquest and true chivalry, "the
+Knight without fear and without reproach."
+
+However, the vanity of it did not last long. I wonder if that
+grand-faced godfather of mine suffered as I suffered when he went to
+school and said his name was Bayard? I owe a day in harvest to the
+young wag who turned it into Backyard. I gave in my name as Backyard
+to every subsequent inquirer, and Backyard I modestly remained.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+ "The lady with the gay macaw."
+
+LONGFELLOW.
+
+
+My sisters are much like other fellows' sisters, excepting Lettice.
+That child is like no one but herself.
+
+I used to tease the other girls for fun, but I teased Lettice on
+principle--to knock the nonsense out of her. She was only eight, and
+very small, but, from the top row of her tight little curls to the
+rosettes on her best shoes, she seemed to me a mass of affectation.
+
+Strangers always liked Lettice. I believe she was born with a company
+voice in her mouth; and she would flit like a butterfly from one
+grown-up person to another, chit-chattering, whilst some of us stood
+pounding our knuckles in our pockets, and tying our legs into knots,
+as we wished the drawing-room carpet would open and let us through
+into the cellar to play at catacombs.
+
+That was how Cocky came. Lettice's airs and graces bewitched the old
+lady who called in the yellow chariot, and was so like a cockatoo
+herself--a cockatoo in a citron velvet bonnet, with a bird of Paradise
+feather. When that old lady put up her eye-glass, she would have
+frightened a yard-dog; but Lettice stood on tip-toes and stroked the
+feather, saying, "What a love-e-ly bird!" And next day came
+Cocky--perch and all complete--_for the little girl who loves birds_.
+Lettice was proud of Cocky, but Edward really loved him, and took
+trouble with him.
+
+Edward is a good boy. My mother called him after the Black Prince.
+
+He and I disgraced ourselves in the eyes of the Cockatoo lady, and it
+cost the family thirty thousand pounds, which we can ill afford to
+lose. It was unlucky that she came to luncheon the very day that
+Edward and I had settled to dress up as Early Britons, in blue woad,
+and dine off earth-nuts in the shrubbery. As we slipped out at the
+side door, the yellow chariot drove up to the front. We had doormats
+on, as well as powder-blue, but the old lady was terribly shocked, and
+drove straight away, and did not return. Nurse says she is my father's
+godmother, and has thirty thousand pounds, which she would have
+bequeathed to us if we had not offended her. I take the blame
+entirely, because I always made the others play as I pleased.
+
+We used to play at all kinds of things--concerts, circuses,
+theatricals, and sometimes conjuring. Uncle Patrick had not been to
+see us for a long time, when one day we heard that he was coming, and
+I made up my mind at once that I would have a perfectly new
+entertainment for him.
+
+We like having entertainments for Uncle Patrick, because he is such a
+very good audience. He laughs, and cries, and claps, and thumps with
+his crutch, and if things go badly, he amuses the rest.
+
+Ever since I can remember anything, I remember an old print, called
+"The Happy Family," over our nursery fire-place, and how I used to
+wonder at that immovable cat, with sparrows on her back, sitting
+between an owl and a magpie. And it was when I saw Edward sitting with
+Benjamin the cat, and two sparrows he had brought up by hand,
+struggling and laughing because Cocky would push itself, crest first,
+under his waistcoat, and come out at the top to kiss him--that an idea
+struck me; and I resolved to have a Happy Family for Uncle Patrick,
+and to act Showman myself.
+
+Edward can do anything with beasts. He was absolutely necessary as
+confederate, but it was possible Lettice might want to show off with
+Cocky, and I did not want a girl on the stage, so I said very little
+to her. But I told Edward to have in the yard-dog, and practise him in
+being happy with the rest of the family pets. Fred, the farm-boy,
+promised to look out for an owl. Benjamin, the cat, could have got
+mice enough; but he would have eaten them before Edward had had time
+to teach him better, so I set a trap. I knew a village-boy with a
+magpie, ready tamed.
+
+Bernard, the yard-dog, is a lumbering old fellow, with no tricks. We
+have tried. We took him out once, into a snow-drift, with a lantern
+round his neck, but he rescued nothing, and lost the lantern--and then
+he lost himself, for it was dark.
+
+But he is very handsome and good, and I knew, if I put him in the
+middle, he would let anything sit upon him. He would not feel it, or
+mind if he did. He takes no notice of Cocky.
+
+Benjamin never quarrels with Cocky, but he dare not forget that Cocky
+is there. And Cocky sometimes looks at Benjamin's yellow eyes as if it
+were thinking how very easily they would come out. But they are quite
+sufficiently happy together for a Happy Family.
+
+The mice gave more trouble than all the rest, so I settled that
+Lettice should wind up the mechanical mouse, and run that on as the
+curtain rose.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+ "Memor esto majorum."
+
+OLD MOTTO.
+
+ " . . . .
+
+ All my fears are laid aside,
+ If I but remember only
+ Such as these have lived and died!"
+
+LONGFELLOW.
+
+
+Do you wish to avoid vexations? Then never have a Happy Family! Mine
+were countless.
+
+Fred could not get me an owl. Lettice _did_ want to show off with
+Cocky. I had my own way, but she looked sulky and spiteful. I got Tom
+Smith's magpie; but I had to have him, too. However, my costume as
+Showman was gorgeous, and Edward kept our Happy Family well together.
+We arranged that Tom should put Mag on at the left wing, and then run
+round behind, and call Mag softly from the right. Then she would hop
+across the stage to him, and show off well. Lettice was to let mother
+know when the spectators might take their places, and to tell the
+gardener when to raise the curtain.
+
+I really think one magpie must be "a sign of sorrow," as nurse says;
+but what made Bernard take it into his beautiful foolish head to give
+trouble I cannot imagine. He wouldn't lie down, and when he did, it
+was with a _grump_ of protest that seemed to forbode failure. However,
+he let Cocky scold him and pull his hair, which was a safety-valve for
+Cocky. Benjamin dozed with dignity. He knew Cocky wasn't watching for
+his yellow eyes.
+
+I don't think Lettice meant mischief when she summoned the spectators,
+for time was up. But her warning the curtain to rise when it did was
+simple malice and revenge.
+
+I never can forget the catastrophe, but I do not clearly remember how
+Tom Smith and I _began_ to quarrel. He was excessively impudent, and
+seemed to think we couldn't have had a Happy Family without him and
+his chattering senseless magpie.
+
+When I told him to remember he was speaking to a gentleman, he grinned
+at me.
+
+"A gentleman? Nay, my sakes! Ye're not civil enough by half. More like
+a new policeman, if ye weren't such a Guy Fawkes in that finery."
+
+"Be off," said I, "and take your bird with you."
+
+"What if I won't go?"
+
+"I'll make you!"
+
+"Ye darsen't touch me."
+
+"Daren't I?"
+
+"Ye darsen't."
+
+"I dare."
+
+"Try."
+
+"_Are_ you going?"
+
+"Noa."
+
+I only pushed him. He struck first. He's bigger than me, but he's a
+bigger coward, and I'd got him down in the middle of the stage, and
+had given him something to bawl about, before I became conscious that
+the curtain was up. I only realised it then, because civil, stupid
+Fred, arrived at the left wing, panting and gasping--
+
+"Measter Bayard! Here's a young wood-owl for ye."
+
+As he spoke, it escaped him, fluff and feathers flying in the effort,
+and squawking, plunging, and fluttering, made wildly for the darkest
+corner of the stage, just as Lettice ran on the mechanical mouse in
+front.
+
+Bernard rose, and shook off everything, and Cocky went into screaming
+hysterics; above which I now heard the thud of Uncle Patrick's crutch,
+and the peals upon peals of laughter with which our audience greeted
+my long-planned spectacle of a Happy Family!
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Our Irish uncle is not always nice. He teases and mocks, and has an
+uncertain temper. But one goes to him in trouble. I went next morning
+to pour out my woes, and defend myself, and complain of the others.
+
+I spoke seriously about Lettice. It is not pleasant for a fellow to
+have a sister who grows up peculiar, as I believe Lettice will. Only
+the Sunday before, I told her she would be just the sort of woman men
+hate, and she said she didn't care; and I said she ought to, for women
+were made for men, and the Bible says so; and she said grandmamma said
+that every soul was made for GOD and its own final good. She
+was in a high-falutin mood, and said she wished she had been
+christened Joan instead of Lettice, and that I would be a true Bayard;
+and that we could ride about the world together, dressed in armour,
+and fighting for the right. And she would say all through the list of
+her favourite heroines, and asked me if I minded _their_ being
+peculiar, and I said of course not, why should you mind what women do
+who don't belong to you? So she said she could not see that; and I
+said that was because girls can't see reason; and so we quarrelled,
+and I gave her a regular lecture, which I repeated to Uncle Patrick.
+
+He listened quite quietly till my mother came in, and got fidgetty,
+and told me not to argue with my uncle. Then he said--
+
+"Ah! let the boy talk, Geraldine, and let me hear what he has to say
+for himself. There's a sublime audacity about his notions, I tell ye.
+Upon me conscience, I believe he thinks his grandmother was created
+for his particular convenience."
+
+That's how he mocks, and I suppose he meant my Irish grandmother. He
+thinks there's nobody like her in the wide world, and my father says
+she is the handsomest and wittiest old lady in the British Isles. But
+I did not mind. I said,
+
+"Well, Uncle Patrick, you're a man, and I believe you agree with me,
+though you mock me."
+
+"Agree with ye?" He started up, and pegged about the room. "Faith! if
+the life we live is like the globe we inhabit--if it revolves on its
+own axis, _and you're that axis_--there's not a flaw in your
+philosophy; but IF--Now perish my impetuosity! I've frightened your
+dear mother away. May I ask, by the bye, if _she_ has the good fortune
+to please ye, since the Maker of all souls made her, for all eternity,
+with the particular object of mothering you in this brief patch of
+time?"
+
+He had stopped under the portrait--my godfather's portrait. All his
+Irish rhodomontade went straight out of my head, and I ran to him.
+
+"Uncle, you know I adore her! But there's one thing she won't do, and,
+oh, I wish you would! It's years since she told me never to ask, and
+I've been on honour, and I've never even asked nurse; but I don't
+think it's wrong to ask you. Who is that man behind you, who looks
+such a wonderfully fine fellow? My Godfather Bayard."
+
+I had experienced a shock the night before, but nothing to the shock
+of seeing Uncle Patrick's face then, and hearing him sob out his
+words, instead of their flowing like a stream.
+
+"Is it possible? Ye don't know? She can't speak of him yet? Poor
+Geraldine!"
+
+He controlled himself, and turned to the picture, leaning on his
+crutch. I stood by him and gazed too, and I do not think, to save my
+life, I could have helped asking--
+
+"Who is he?"
+
+"Your uncle. Our only brother. Oh, Bayard, Bayard!"
+
+"Is he dead?"
+
+He nodded, speechless; but somehow I could not forbear.
+
+"What did he die of?"
+
+"Of unselfishness. He died--for others."
+
+"Then he _was_ a hero? That's what he looks like. I am glad he is my
+godfather. Dear Uncle Pat, do tell me all about it."
+
+"Not now--hereafter. Nephew, any man--with the heart of man and not
+of a mouse--is more likely than not to behave well at a pinch; but no
+man who is habitually selfish can be _sure_ that he will, when the
+choice comes sharp between his own life and the lives of others. The
+impulse of a supreme moment only focusses the habits and customs of a
+man's soul. The supreme moment may never come, but habits and customs
+mould us from the cradle to the grave. His were early disciplined by
+our dear mother, and he bettered her teaching. Strong for the weak,
+wise for the foolish--tender for the hard--gracious for the
+surly--good for the evil. Oh, my brother, without fear and without
+reproach! Speak across the grave, and tell your sister's son that vice
+and cowardice become alike impossible to a man who has never--cradled
+in selfishness, and made callous by custom--learned to pamper himself
+at the expense of others!"
+
+I waited a little before I asked--
+
+"Were you with him when he died?"
+
+"I was."
+
+"Poor Uncle Patrick! What _did_ you do?"
+
+He pegged away to the sofa, and threw himself on it.
+
+"Played the fool. Broke an arm and a thigh, and damaged my spine,
+and--_lived_. Here rest the mortal remains."
+
+And for the next ten minutes, he mocked himself, as he only can.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+One does not like to be outdone by an uncle, even by such an uncle;
+but it is not very easy to learn to live like Godfather Bayard.
+
+Sometimes I wish my grandmother had not brought up her sons to such a
+very high pitch, and sometimes I wish my mother had let that unlucky
+name become extinct in the family, or that I might adopt my nickname.
+One could live up to _Backyard_ easily enough. It seems to suit being
+grumpy and tyrannical, and seeing no further than one's own nose, so
+well.
+
+But I do try to learn unselfishness; though I sometimes think it would
+be quite as easy for the owl to learn to respect the independence of a
+mouse, or a cat to be forbearing with a sparrow!
+
+I certainly get on better with the others than I used to do; and I
+have some hopes that even my father's godmother is not finally
+estranged through my fault.
+
+Uncle Patrick went to call on her whilst he was with us. She is very
+fond of "that amusing Irishman with the crutch," as she calls him; and
+my father says he'll swear Uncle Patrick entertained her mightily
+with my unlucky entertainment, and that she was as pleased as Punch
+that her cockatoo was in the thick of it.
+
+I am afraid it is too true; and the idea made me so hot, that if I had
+known she was really coming to call on us again, I should certainly
+have kept out of the way. But when Uncle Patrick said, "If the yellow
+chariot rolls this way again, Bayard, ye need not be pursuing these
+archaeological revivals of yours in a too early English costume," I
+thought it was only his chaff. But she did come.
+
+I was pegging out the new gardens for the little ones. We were all
+there, and when she turned her eye over us (just like a cockatoo), and
+said, in a company voice--
+
+ "What a happy little family!"
+
+I could hardly keep my countenance, and I heard Edward choking in
+Benjamin's fur, where he had hidden his face.
+
+But Lettice never moved a muscle. She clasped her hands, and put her
+head on one side, and said--in _her_ company voice--"But you know
+brother Bayard _is_ so good to us now, and _that_ is why we are such A
+HAPPY FAMILY."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+_The present Series of Mrs. Ewing's Works is the only authorized,
+complete, and uniform Edition published._
+
+_It will consist of 18 volumes, Small Crown 8vo, at 2s. 6d. per vol.,
+issued, as far as possible, in chronological order, and these will
+appear at the rate of two volumes every two months, so that the Series
+will be completed within 18 months. The device of the cover was
+specially designed by a Friend of Mrs. Ewing._
+
+_The following is a list of the books included in the Series--_
+
+
+1. MELCHIOR'S DREAM, AND OTHER TALES.
+
+2. MRS. OVERTHEWAY'S REMEMBRANCES.
+
+3. OLD-FASHIONED FAIRY-TALES.
+
+4. A FLAT-IRON FOR A FARTHING.
+
+5. THE BROWNIES, AND OTHER TALES.
+
+6. SIX TO SIXTEEN.
+
+7. LOB-LIE-BY-THE-FIRE, AND OTHER TALES.
+
+8. JAN OF THE WINDMILL.
+
+9. VERSES FOR CHILDREN, AND SONGS.
+
+10. THE PEACE EGG--A CHRISTMAS MUMMING PLAY--HINTS FOR PRIVATE
+THEATRICALS, &c.
+
+11. A GREAT EMERGENCY, AND OTHER TALES.
+
+12. BROTHERS OF PITY, AND OTHER TALES OF BEASTS AND MEN.
+
+13. WE AND THE WORLD, Part I
+
+14. WE AND THE WORLD, Part II.
+
+15. JACKANAPES--DADDY DARWIN'S DOVECOTE--THE STORY OF A SHORT LIFE.
+
+16. MARY'S MEADOW, AND OTHER TALES OF FIELDS AND FLOWERS.
+
+17. MISCELLANEA, including The Mystery of the Bloody Hand--Wonder
+Stories--Tales of the Khoja, and other translations.
+
+18. JULIANA HORATIA EWING AND HER BOOKS, with a selection from Mrs.
+Ewing's Letters.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+S.P.C.K., NORTHUMBERLAND AVENUE, LONDON, W.C.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Melchior's Dream and Other Tales
+by Juliana Horatia Ewing
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MELCHIOR'S DREAM AND OTHER TALES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 16540.txt or 16540.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/5/4/16540/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Sankar Viswanathan and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+